The C and C++ Include Header Files

/usr/include/linux/nl80211.h


$ cat -n /usr/include/linux/nl80211.h

     1	#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
     2	#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
     3	/*
     4	 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
     5	 *
     6	 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
     7	 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
     8	 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
     9	 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
    10	 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
    11	 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
    12	 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
    13	 * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
    14	 * Copyright (C) 2018-2023 Intel Corporation
    15	 *
    16	 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
    17	 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
    18	 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
    19	 *
    20	 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
    21	 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
    22	 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
    23	 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
    24	 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
    25	 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
    26	 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
    27	 *
    28	 */
    29	
    30	/*
    31	 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
    32	 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
    33	 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
    34	 *
    35	 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
    36	 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
    37	 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
    38	 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
    39	 * can actually be identified and removed.
    40	 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
    41	 */
    42	
    43	#include <linux/types.h>
    44	
    45	#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
    46	
    47	#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
    48	#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
    49	#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
    50	#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
    51	#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
    52	#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
    53	#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
    54	
    55	#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN	4
    56	#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX	15
    57	#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN	1
    58	#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX	0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
    59	
    60	/**
    61	 * DOC: Station handling
    62	 *
    63	 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
    64	 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
    65	 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
    66	 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
    67	 * to.
    68	 *
    69	 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
    70	 * capabilities.
    71	 *
    72	 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
    73	 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
    74	 *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
    75	 *    or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions
    76	 *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
    77	 *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
    78	 *    time mark it authorized.
    79	 *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
    80	 *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
    81	 *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
    82	 *
    83	 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
    84	 */
    85	
    86	/**
    87	 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
    88	 *
    89	 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
    90	 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames
    91	 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
    92	 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
    93	 * for various reasons.
    94	 *
    95	 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
    96	 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
    97	 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
    98	 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
    99	 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
   100	 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
   101	 * for doing that.
   102	 *
   103	 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
   104	 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
   105	 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
   106	 *
   107	 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
   108	 *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
   109	 *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
   110	 *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
   111	 *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
   112	 *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
   113	 *
   114	 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
   115	 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
   116	 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its
   117	 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
   118	 *
   119	 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
   120	 * below.
   121	 */
   122	
   123	/**
   124	 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
   125	 *
   126	 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have
   127	 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
   128	 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
   129	 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
   130	 *
   131	 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
   132	 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
   133	 * types there no concurrency is implied.
   134	 *
   135	 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
   136	 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
   137	 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
   138	 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and
   139	 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
   140	 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
   141	 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
   142	 *
   143	 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
   144	 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
   145	 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
   146	 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
   147	 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
   148	 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
   149	 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
   150	 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
   151	 *
   152	 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
   153	 * interfaces that a given device supports.
   154	 */
   155	
   156	/**
   157	 * DOC: packet coalesce support
   158	 *
   159	 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
   160	 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
   161	 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
   162	 * and power consumption.
   163	 *
   164	 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
   165	 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
   166	 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
   167	 * following events occurs.
   168	 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
   169	 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
   170	 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit.
   171	 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
   172	 *
   173	 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
   174	 * rule.
   175	 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
   176	 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
   177	 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match'
   178	 * Multiple such rules can be created.
   179	 */
   180	
   181	/**
   182	 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
   183	 *
   184	 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
   185	 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
   186	 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
   187	 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
   188	 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
   189	 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
   190	 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
   191	 *
   192	 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
   193	 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
   194	 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
   195	 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
   196	 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
   197	 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
   198	 * not present.
   199	 *
   200	 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
   201	 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
   202	 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
   203	 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
   204	 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
   205	 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
   206	 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
   207	 *
   208	 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
   209	 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
   210	 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
   211	 */
   212	
   213	/**
   214	 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
   215	 *
   216	 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by
   217	 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
   218	 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
   219	 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
   220	 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
   221	 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
   222	 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
   223	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
   224	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
   225	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
   226	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
   227	 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
   228	 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
   229	 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
   230	 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
   231	 *
   232	 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
   233	 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
   234	 * up a connection or after roaming.
   235	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
   236	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
   237	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
   238	 *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
   239	 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
   240	 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
   241	 *
   242	 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS
   243	 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
   244	 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
   245	 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
   246	 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
   247	 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
   248	 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
   249	 */
   250	
   251	/**
   252	 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
   253	 *
   254	 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
   255	 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
   256	 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
   257	 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
   258	 *
   259	 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
   260	 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
   261	 * respectively.
   262	 */
   263	
   264	/**
   265	 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
   266	 *
   267	 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
   268	 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
   269	 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
   270	 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
   271	 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
   272	 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
   273	 * that main netdev.
   274	 *
   275	 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
   276	 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
   277	 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
   278	 */
   279	
   280	/**
   281	 * DOC: TID configuration
   282	 *
   283	 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
   284	 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
   285	 *
   286	 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
   287	 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
   288	 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
   289	 *
   290	 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
   291	 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
   292	 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
   293	 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if
   294	 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values
   295	 * will be overwritten.
   296	 *
   297	 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection,
   298	 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
   299	 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
   300	 * the interface goes down.
   301	 */
   302	
   303	/**
   304	 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
   305	 *
   306	 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
   307	 *
   308	 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
   309	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
   310	 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
   311	 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
   312	 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
   313	 *
   314	 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
   315	 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
   316	 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
   317	 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
   318	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
   319	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
   320	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
   321	 *			(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
   322	 *
   323	 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
   324	 */
   325	
   326	/**
   327	 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
   328	 *
   329	 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple
   330	 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
   331	 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
   332	 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
   333	 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
   334	 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
   335	 */
   336	
   337	/**
   338	 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
   339	 *
   340	 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
   341	 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
   342	 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
   343	 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
   344	 */
   345	
   346	/**
   347	 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
   348	 *
   349	 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
   350	 *
   351	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
   352	 *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
   353	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
   354	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
   355	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
   356	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
   357	 *	channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
   358	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
   359	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
   360	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
   361	 *	see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
   362	 *	compatibility only.
   363	 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
   364	 *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
   365	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
   366	 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
   367	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
   368	 *
   369	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
   370	 *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
   371	 *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
   372	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
   373	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
   374	 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
   375	 *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
   376	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
   377	 *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
   378	 *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
   379	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
   380	 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
   381	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
   382	 *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
   383	 *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
   384	 *	enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
   385	 *	and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
   386	 *	the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
   387	 *
   388	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
   389	 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
   390	 *	represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
   391	 *	the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
   392	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
   393	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
   394	 *	For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
   395	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
   396	 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
   397	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
   398	 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
   399	 *	peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
   400	 *	group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
   401	 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
   402	 *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
   403	 *	for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
   404	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
   405	 *
   406	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
   407	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
   408	 *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
   409	 *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
   410	 *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
   411	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
   412	 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
   413	 *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
   414	 *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
   415	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
   416	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
   417	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
   418	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
   419	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
   420	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
   421	 *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
   422	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
   423	 *	attributes determining channel width.
   424	 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
   425	 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
   426	 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
   427	 *
   428	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
   429	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
   430	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
   431	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
   432	 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
   433	 *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
   434	 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
   435	 *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
   436	 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
   437	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
   438	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
   439	 *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
   440	 *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
   441	 *	frame).
   442	 *
   443	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
   444	 * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
   445	 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
   446	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
   447	 * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
   448	 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
   449	 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
   450	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
   451	 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
   452	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
   453	 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
   454	 *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
   455	 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
   456	 *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
   457	 *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
   458	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
   459	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
   460	 *
   461	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
   462	 *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
   463	 *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
   464	 *	global regdomain will be returned.
   465	 *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
   466	 *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
   467	 *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
   468	 *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
   469	 *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
   470	 *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
   471	 *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
   472	 *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
   473	 *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
   474	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
   475	 *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
   476	 *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
   477	 *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
   478	 * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
   479	 * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
   480	 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
   481	 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
   482	 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
   483	 * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
   484	 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
   485	 * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
   486	 * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
   487	 *
   488	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
   489	 *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
   490	 *
   491	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
   492	 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
   493	 *
   494	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
   495	 *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
   496	 *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
   497	 *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
   498	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
   499	 *	added to all specified management frames generated by
   500	 *	kernel/firmware/driver.
   501	 *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
   502	 *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
   503	 *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
   504	 *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
   505	 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
   506	 *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
   507	 *
   508	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
   509	 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
   510	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
   511	 *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
   512	 *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
   513	 *	be used.
   514	 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
   515	 *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
   516	 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
   517	 *	partial scan results may be available
   518	 *
   519	 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
   520	 *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
   521	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
   522	 *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
   523	 *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
   524	 *	These attributes are mutually exclusive,
   525	 *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
   526	 *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
   527	 *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
   528	 *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
   529	 *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
   530	 *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
   531	 *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
   532	 *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
   533	 *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
   534	 *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
   535	 *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
   536	 *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
   537	 *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
   538	 *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
   539	 *	is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
   540	 *	scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
   541	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
   542	 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
   543	 *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
   544	 *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
   545	 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
   546	 *	results available.
   547	 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
   548	 *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
   549	 *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
   550	 *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
   551	 *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
   552	 *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
   553	 *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
   554	 *
   555	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation
   556	 *      or noise level
   557	 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
   558	 *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
   559	 *
   560	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
   561	 *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
   562	 *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
   563	 *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
   564	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
   565	 *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
   566	 *	advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
   567	 *	ESS.
   568	 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
   569	 *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
   570	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
   571	 *	authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads
   572	 *	PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID.
   573	 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
   574	 *
   575	 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
   576	 * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
   577	 * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
   578	 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
   579	 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
   580	 * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
   581	 * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
   582	 * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
   583	 * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
   584	 * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
   585	 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
   586	 * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
   587	 * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
   588	 * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
   589	 * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
   590	 * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
   591	 * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
   592	 * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
   593	 * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
   594	 * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
   595	 * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
   596	 * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
   597	 * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
   598	 * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
   599	 * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
   600	 * 	the beacon hint was processed.
   601	 *
   602	 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
   603	 *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
   604	 *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
   605	 *	authentication process.
   606	 *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
   607	 *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
   608	 *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
   609	 *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
   610	 *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
   611	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the
   612	 *	channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
   613	 *	authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
   614	 *	(VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
   615	 *	to the frame.
   616	 *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
   617	 *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
   618	 *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
   619	 *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
   620	 *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
   621	 *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
   622	 *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
   623	 *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
   624	 *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
   625	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
   626	 *	pending authentication timed out).
   627	 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
   628	 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
   629	 *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
   630	 *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
   631	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
   632	 *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
   633	 *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
   634	 *	included).
   635	 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
   636	 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
   637	 *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
   638	 *	primitives).
   639	 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
   640	 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
   641	 *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
   642	 *
   643	 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
   644	 *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
   645	 *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
   646	 *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
   647	 *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
   648	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
   649	 *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
   650	 *
   651	 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
   652	 *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
   653	 *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
   654	 *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
   655	 *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
   656	 *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
   657	 *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
   658	 *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
   659	 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
   660	 *	determined by the network interface.
   661	 *
   662	 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
   663	 *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
   664	 *	to the driver.
   665	 *
   666	 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
   667	 *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
   668	 *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
   669	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
   670	 *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
   671	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
   672	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
   673	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
   674	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
   675	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
   676	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
   677	 *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
   678	 *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
   679	 *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
   680	 *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
   681	 *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
   682	 *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
   683	 *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
   684	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
   685	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
   686	 *	Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
   687	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
   688	 *	included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
   689	 *	space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
   690	 *	up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
   691	 *	userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
   692	 *	driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
   693	 *	has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
   694	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
   695	 *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
   696	 *	a different BSS is desired.
   697	 *	Background scan period can optionally be
   698	 *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
   699	 *	if not specified default background scan configuration
   700	 *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
   701	 *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
   702	 *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
   703	 *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
   704	 *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
   705	 *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
   706	 *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
   707	 *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
   708	 *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
   709	 *	well to remain backwards compatible.
   710	 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
   711	 *	When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
   712	 *	fast transition, this event should be followed by an
   713	 *	%NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
   714	 *	Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
   715	 *	%NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
   716	 *	new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
   717	 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
   718	 *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
   719	 *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
   720	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
   721	 *
   722	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
   723	 *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
   724	 *
   725	 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
   726	 *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
   727	 *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
   728	 *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
   729	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
   730	 *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
   731	 *	frequency for the operation.
   732	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
   733	 *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
   734	 *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
   735	 *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
   736	 *	radio).
   737	 *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
   738	 *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
   739	 *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
   740	 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
   741	 *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
   742	 *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
   743	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
   744	 *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
   745	 *	uniquely identify the request.
   746	 *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
   747	 *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
   748	 *
   749	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
   750	 *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
   751	 *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
   752	 *
   753	 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
   754	 *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
   755	 *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
   756	 *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
   757	 *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
   758	 *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
   759	 *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
   760	 *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
   761	 *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
   762	 *	The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
   763	 *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
   764	 *	case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
   765	 *	flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
   766	 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
   767	 *	backward compatibility
   768	 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
   769	 *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
   770	 *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
   771	 *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
   772	 *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
   773	 *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
   774	 *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
   775	 *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
   776	 *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
   777	 *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
   778	 *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
   779	 *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
   780	 *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
   781	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
   782	 *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
   783	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
   784	 *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
   785	 *	is used during CSA period.
   786	 *	For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
   787	 *	specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
   788	 *	in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
   789	 *	lower layers.
   790	 *	For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
   791	 *	indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
   792	 *	be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
   793	 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
   794	 *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
   795	 *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
   796	 *	also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
   797	 *	wait time.
   798	 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
   799	 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
   800	 *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
   801	 *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
   802	 *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
   803	 *	the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
   804	 *	tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
   805	 *	indicate the ack RX timestamp.
   806	 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
   807	 *	backward compatibility.
   808	 *
   809	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
   810	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
   811	 *
   812	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
   813	 *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
   814	 *	levels.
   815	 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
   816	 *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
   817	 *	reached.
   818	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
   819	 *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
   820	 *	(identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
   821	 *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
   822	 *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
   823	 *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
   824	 *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
   825	 *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
   826	 *	precedence when they are used.
   827	 *
   828	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
   829	 *	(no longer supported).
   830	 *
   831	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
   832	 *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
   833	 *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
   834	 *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
   835	 *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
   836	 *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
   837	 *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
   838	 *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
   839	 *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
   840	 *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
   841	 *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
   842	 *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
   843	 *	command, the feature is disabled.
   844	 *
   845	 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
   846	 *	mesh config parameters may be given.
   847	 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
   848	 *	network is determined by the network interface.
   849	 *
   850	 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
   851	 *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
   852	 *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
   853	 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
   854	 *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
   855	 *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
   856	 *
   857	 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
   858	 *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
   859	 *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
   860	 *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
   861	 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
   862	 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
   863	 *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
   864	 *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
   865	 *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
   866	 *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
   867	 *      depending on the authentication result.
   868	 *
   869	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
   870	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
   871	 *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
   872	 *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
   873	 *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
   874	 *	more background information, see
   875	 *	https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
   876	 *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
   877	 *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
   878	 *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
   879	 *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
   880	 *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
   881	 *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
   882	 *
   883	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
   884	 *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
   885	 *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
   886	 *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
   887	 *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
   888	 *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
   889	 *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
   890	 *
   891	 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
   892	 *	of PMKSA caching candidates.
   893	 *
   894	 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
   895	 *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
   896	 *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
   897	 *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
   898	 *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
   899	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
   900	 *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
   901	 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
   902	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
   903	 *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
   904	 *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
   905	 *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
   906	 *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
   907	 *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
   908	 *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
   909	 *
   910	 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
   911	 *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
   912	 *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
   913	 *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
   914	 *	is received.
   915	 *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
   916	 *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
   917	 *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
   918	 *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
   919	 *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
   920	 *
   921	 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
   922	 *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
   923	 *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
   924	 *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
   925	 *
   926	 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
   927	 *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
   928	 *	acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
   929	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
   930	 *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
   931	 *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
   932	 *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
   933	 *
   934	 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
   935	 *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
   936	 *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
   937	 *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
   938	 *
   939	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
   940	 *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
   941	 *
   942	 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
   943	 *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
   944	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
   945	 *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
   946	 *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
   947	 *	from the remote AP) is completed;
   948	 *
   949	 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
   950	 *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
   951	 *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
   952	 *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
   953	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
   954	 *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
   955	 *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
   956	 *	interfaces to change channel as well.
   957	 *
   958	 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
   959	 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
   960	 *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
   961	 *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
   962	 *	public action frame TX.
   963	 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
   964	 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
   965	 *
   966	 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
   967	 *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
   968	 *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
   969	 *	is used for this.
   970	 *
   971	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
   972	 *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
   973	 *
   974	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
   975	 *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
   976	 *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
   977	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
   978	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
   979	 *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
   980	 *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
   981	 *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
   982	 *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
   983	 *
   984	 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
   985	 *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
   986	 *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
   987	 *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
   988	 *	while operating on this channel.
   989	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
   990	 *	event.
   991	 *
   992	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
   993	 *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
   994	 *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
   995	 *
   996	 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
   997	 *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
   998	 *
   999	 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
  1000	 *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
  1001	 *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
  1002	 *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
  1003	 *
  1004	 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
  1005	 *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
  1006	 *	complete.
  1007	 *
  1008	 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
  1009	 *	return back to normal.
  1010	 *
  1011	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
  1012	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
  1013	 *
  1014	 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
  1015	 *	new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
  1016	 *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
  1017	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
  1018	 *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
  1019	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
  1020	 *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
  1021	 *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
  1022	 *	switch is complete.
  1023	 *
  1024	 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
  1025	 *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
  1026	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
  1027	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
  1028	 *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
  1029	 *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
  1030	 *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
  1031	 *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
  1032	 *
  1033	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
  1034	 *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
  1035	 *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
  1036	 *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
  1037	 *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
  1038	 *
  1039	 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
  1040	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
  1041	 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
  1042	 *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
  1043	 *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
  1044	 *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
  1045	 *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
  1046	 *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
  1047	 *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
  1048	 *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
  1049	 *	fail even if the check was successful.
  1050	 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
  1051	 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
  1052	 *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
  1053	 *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
  1054	 *
  1055	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
  1056	 *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
  1057	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
  1058	 *
  1059	 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
  1060	 *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
  1061	 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
  1062	 *	network is determined by the network interface.
  1063	 *
  1064	 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
  1065	 *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
  1066	 *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
  1067	 *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
  1068	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
  1069	 *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
  1070	 *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
  1071	 *	AP.
  1072	 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
  1073	 *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
  1074	 *	when this command completes.
  1075	 *
  1076	 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
  1077	 *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
  1078	 *	management.
  1079	 *
  1080	 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
  1081	 *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
  1082	 *	cfg80211_scan_done().
  1083	 *
  1084	 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
  1085	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
  1086	 *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
  1087	 *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
  1088	 *	cluster. This command must have a valid
  1089	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
  1090	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
  1091	 *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
  1092	 *	decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
  1093	 *	added.
  1094	 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
  1095	 *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
  1096	 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
  1097	 *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
  1098	 *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
  1099	 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
  1100	 *	of the function upon success.
  1101	 *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
  1102	 *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
  1103	 *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
  1104	 *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
  1105	 *	which just terminated.
  1106	 *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
  1107	 *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
  1108	 *	the response to this command.
  1109	 *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
  1110	 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
  1111	 *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
  1112	 *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
  1113	 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
  1114	 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
  1115	 *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
  1116	 *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
  1117	 *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
  1118	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
  1119	 *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
  1120	 *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
  1121	 *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
  1122	 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
  1123	 *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
  1124	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
  1125	 *
  1126	 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
  1127	 *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
  1128	 *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
  1129	 *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
  1130	 *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
  1131	 *
  1132	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
  1133	 *	for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
  1134	 *	When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
  1135	 *	PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
  1136	 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
  1137	 *	configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
  1138	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
  1139	 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and
  1140	 *	open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent
  1141	 *	with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P-
  1142	 *	client MAC address.
  1143	 *	Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for
  1144	 *	STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following
  1145	 *	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way
  1146	 *	handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of
  1147	 *	4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client).
  1148	 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
  1149	 *	and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
  1150	 *	a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
  1151	 *	has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
  1152	 *	frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
  1153	 *	802.11 headers.
  1154	 *	For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
  1155	 *	its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
  1156	 *	to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
  1157	 *	the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
  1158	 *	the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
  1159	 *	address of that link.
  1160	 *	When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
  1161	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
  1162	 *	indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
  1163	 *	was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
  1164	 *
  1165	 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
  1166	 *
  1167	 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
  1168	 *	drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
  1169	 *	association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
  1170	 *	This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
  1171	 *	to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
  1172	 *	driver) to indicate the authentication status.
  1173	 *
  1174	 *	User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
  1175	 *	trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
  1176	 *	this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
  1177	 *	space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
  1178	 *	space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
  1179	 *	further with the association after getting successful authentication
  1180	 *	status. User space indicates the authentication status through
  1181	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
  1182	 *	command interface.
  1183	 *
  1184	 *	Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
  1185	 *	%NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
  1186	 *	during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
  1187	 *	APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
  1188	 *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
  1189	 *	MLO during the authentication offload or not.
  1190	 *	User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
  1191	 *	receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
  1192	 *	space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
  1193	 *	doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
  1194	 *	User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
  1195	 *	interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
  1196	 *	address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
  1197	 *	BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
  1198	 *	MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
  1199	 *	authentication.
  1200	 *
  1201	 *	Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
  1202	 *	user space through the connect result as the user space would have
  1203	 *	initiated the connection through the connect request.
  1204	 *
  1205	 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
  1206	 *	ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
  1207	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
  1208	 *	address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
  1209	 *
  1210	 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
  1211	 *	the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
  1212	 *
  1213	 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
  1214	 *	with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
  1215	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
  1216	 *	randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
  1217	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
  1218	 *	If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
  1219	 *	A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
  1220	 *	the netlink extended ack message.
  1221	 *
  1222	 *	To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
  1223	 *
  1224	 *	Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
  1225	 *	measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
  1226	 *	become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
  1227	 *	buffer size.
  1228	 *
  1229	 *	Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
  1230	 *	multiple concurrent measurements.
  1231	 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
  1232	 *	result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
  1233	 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
  1234	 *	the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
  1235	 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
  1236	 *
  1237	 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
  1238	 *	detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
  1239	 *	indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
  1240	 *	determining the width and type.
  1241	 *
  1242	 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
  1243	 *	offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
  1244	 *	OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
  1245	 *	on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
  1246	 *
  1247	 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
  1248	 *	refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
  1249	 *	frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
  1250	 *	primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
  1251	 *	the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
  1252	 *	form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
  1253	 *	properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
  1254	 *	regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
  1255	 *	so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
  1256	 *	rate selection.
  1257	 *
  1258	 *	Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
  1259	 *	peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
  1260	 *	content. The frame is ethernet data.
  1261	 *
  1262	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
  1263	 *	is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
  1264	 *
  1265	 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
  1266	 *	frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
  1267	 *	dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
  1268	 *	protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
  1269	 *
  1270	 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
  1271	 *	port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
  1272	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
  1273	 *	includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
  1274	 *	if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
  1275	 *
  1276	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
  1277	 *	passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
  1278	 *	specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
  1279	 *
  1280	 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
  1281	 *	mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
  1282	 *
  1283	 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
  1284	 *	userspace wants to change the BSS color.
  1285	 *
  1286	 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
  1287	 *	started
  1288	 *
  1289	 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
  1290	 *	been aborted
  1291	 *
  1292	 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
  1293	 *	has completed
  1294	 *
  1295	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
  1296	 *	&NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
  1297	 *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
  1298	 *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
  1299	 *		(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
  1300	 *
  1301	 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
  1302	 *      temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
  1303	 *      to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
  1304	 *      specify the timeout value.
  1305	 *
  1306	 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
  1307	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
  1308	 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
  1309	 *	without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
  1310	 *	in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
  1311	 *
  1312	 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
  1313	 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
  1314	 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
  1315	 *
  1316	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
  1317	 *	measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
  1318	 *	is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
  1319	 *	specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
  1320	 *	all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
  1321	 *	address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
  1322	 *	HW timestamping.
  1323	 *	The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
  1324	 *	is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
  1325	 *
  1326	 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD
  1327	 *	setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with
  1328	 *	Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide
  1329	 *	information about the removed STA MLD setup links.
  1330	 *
  1331	 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a
  1332	 *      non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and
  1333	 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the
  1334	 *      TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic.
  1335	 *
  1336	 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
  1337	 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  1338	 */
  1339	enum nl80211_commands {
  1340	/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
  1341		NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
  1342	
  1343		NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
  1344		NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
  1345		NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
  1346		NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
  1347	
  1348		NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
  1349		NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
  1350		NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
  1351		NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
  1352	
  1353		NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
  1354		NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
  1355		NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
  1356		NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
  1357	
  1358		NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
  1359		NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
  1360		NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
  1361		NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
  1362		NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
  1363		NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
  1364	
  1365		NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
  1366		NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
  1367		NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
  1368		NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
  1369	
  1370		NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
  1371		NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
  1372		NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
  1373		NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
  1374	
  1375		NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
  1376	
  1377		NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
  1378		NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
  1379	
  1380		NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
  1381		NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
  1382	
  1383		NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
  1384	
  1385		NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
  1386	
  1387		NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
  1388		NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
  1389		NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
  1390		NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
  1391	
  1392		NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
  1393	
  1394		NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
  1395		NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
  1396		NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
  1397		NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
  1398	
  1399		NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
  1400	
  1401		NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
  1402	
  1403		NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
  1404		NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
  1405	
  1406		NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
  1407	
  1408		NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
  1409		NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
  1410		NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
  1411	
  1412		NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
  1413	
  1414		NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
  1415		NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
  1416	
  1417		NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
  1418		NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
  1419		NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
  1420	
  1421		NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
  1422		NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
  1423	
  1424		NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
  1425	
  1426		NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
  1427		NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
  1428		NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
  1429		NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
  1430		NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
  1431		NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
  1432	
  1433		NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
  1434		NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
  1435	
  1436		NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
  1437		NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
  1438	
  1439		NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
  1440		NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
  1441	
  1442		NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
  1443	
  1444		NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
  1445		NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
  1446	
  1447		NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
  1448		NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
  1449	
  1450		NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
  1451	
  1452		NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
  1453		NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
  1454	
  1455		NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
  1456		NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
  1457		NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
  1458		NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
  1459	
  1460		NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
  1461	
  1462		NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
  1463	
  1464		NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
  1465		NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
  1466	
  1467		NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
  1468	
  1469		NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
  1470	
  1471		NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
  1472	
  1473		NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
  1474	
  1475		NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
  1476	
  1477		NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
  1478	
  1479		NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
  1480		NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
  1481	
  1482		NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
  1483	
  1484		NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
  1485	
  1486		NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
  1487	
  1488		NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
  1489	
  1490		NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
  1491	
  1492		NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
  1493		NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
  1494	
  1495		NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
  1496		NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
  1497	
  1498		NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
  1499		NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
  1500	
  1501		NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
  1502	
  1503		NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
  1504	
  1505		NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
  1506	
  1507		NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
  1508		NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
  1509	
  1510		NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
  1511	
  1512		NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
  1513		NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
  1514	
  1515		NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
  1516	
  1517		NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
  1518		NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
  1519	
  1520		NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
  1521	
  1522		NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
  1523	
  1524		NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
  1525		NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
  1526		NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
  1527		NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
  1528		NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
  1529		NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
  1530	
  1531		NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
  1532	
  1533		NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
  1534	
  1535		NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
  1536		NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
  1537	
  1538		NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
  1539	
  1540		NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
  1541	
  1542		NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
  1543	
  1544		NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
  1545	
  1546		NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
  1547	
  1548		NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
  1549	
  1550		NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
  1551		NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
  1552		NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
  1553	
  1554		NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
  1555	
  1556		NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
  1557	
  1558		NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
  1559	
  1560		NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
  1561	
  1562		NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
  1563	
  1564		NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
  1565	
  1566		NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
  1567	
  1568		NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
  1569	
  1570		NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
  1571	
  1572		NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
  1573		NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
  1574		NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
  1575	
  1576		NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
  1577	
  1578		NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
  1579	
  1580		NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
  1581		NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
  1582	
  1583		NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
  1584		NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
  1585		NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
  1586	
  1587		NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP,
  1588	
  1589		NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED,
  1590	
  1591		NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING,
  1592	
  1593		/* add new commands above here */
  1594	
  1595		/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
  1596		__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
  1597		NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
  1598	};
  1599	
  1600	/*
  1601	 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
  1602	 * here
  1603	 */
  1604	#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
  1605	#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
  1606	#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
  1607	#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
  1608	#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
  1609	#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
  1610	#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
  1611	#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
  1612	
  1613	#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
  1614	
  1615	/* source-level API compatibility */
  1616	#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
  1617	#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
  1618	#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
  1619	
  1620	/**
  1621	 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
  1622	 *
  1623	 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
  1624	 *
  1625	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
  1626	 *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
  1627	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
  1628	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
  1629	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
  1630	 *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
  1631	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
  1632	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
  1633	 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
  1634	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
  1635	 *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
  1636	 *	documentation of the enum for more information.
  1637	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
  1638	 *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
  1639	 *	operating channel center frequency.
  1640	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
  1641	 *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
  1642	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
  1643	 *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
  1644	 *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
  1645	 *		this attribute)
  1646	 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
  1647	 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
  1648	 *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
  1649	 *	This attribute is now deprecated.
  1650	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
  1651	 *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
  1652	 *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
  1653	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
  1654	 *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
  1655	 *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
  1656	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
  1657	 *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
  1658	 *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
  1659	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
  1660	 *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
  1661	 *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
  1662	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
  1663	 *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
  1664	 *
  1665	 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
  1666	 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
  1667	 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
  1668	 *
  1669	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
  1670	 *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
  1671	 *
  1672	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
  1673	 *
  1674	 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
  1675	 *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
  1676	 *	keys
  1677	 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
  1678	 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
  1679	 *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
  1680	 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
  1681	 *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
  1682	 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
  1683	 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
  1684	 *	default management key
  1685	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
  1686	 *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
  1687	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
  1688	 *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
  1689	 *
  1690	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
  1691	 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
  1692	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
  1693	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
  1694	 *
  1695	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
  1696	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
  1697	 *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
  1698	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
  1699	 *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
  1700	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
  1701	 *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
  1702	 *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
  1703	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
  1704	 *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
  1705	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
  1706	 *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
  1707	 *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
  1708	 *
  1709	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
  1710	 *	consisting of a nested array.
  1711	 *
  1712	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
  1713	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
  1714	 *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
  1715	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
  1716	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
  1717	 * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
  1718	 *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
  1719	 *
  1720	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
  1721	 *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
  1722	 *
  1723	 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
  1724	 * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
  1725	 * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
  1726	 * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
  1727	 * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
  1728	 * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
  1729	 * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
  1730	 * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
  1731	 * 	to a specific alpha2.
  1732	 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
  1733	 *	rules.
  1734	 *
  1735	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
  1736	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
  1737	 *	(u8, 0 or 1)
  1738	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
  1739	 *	(u8, 0 or 1)
  1740	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
  1741	 *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
  1742	 *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
  1743	 *
  1744	 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
  1745	 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
  1746	 *
  1747	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
  1748	 *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
  1749	 *	of the interface mode.
  1750	 *
  1751	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
  1752	 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
  1753	 *
  1754	 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
  1755	 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
  1756	 *
  1757	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
  1758	 *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
  1759	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
  1760	 *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
  1761	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
  1762	 *	that can be added to a scan request
  1763	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
  1764	 *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
  1765	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
  1766	 *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
  1767	 *
  1768	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
  1769	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
  1770	 *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
  1771	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
  1772	 *
  1773	 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
  1774	 * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
  1775	 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
  1776	 * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
  1777	 *
  1778	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
  1779	 *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
  1780	 *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
  1781	 *
  1782	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
  1783	 *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
  1784	 *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
  1785	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
  1786	 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
  1787	 *	represented as a u32
  1788	 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
  1789	 *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
  1790	 *
  1791	 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
  1792	 *	a u32
  1793	 *
  1794	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
  1795	 * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
  1796	 * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
  1797	 * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
  1798	 * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
  1799	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
  1800	 * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
  1801	 * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
  1802	 * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
  1803	 * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
  1804	 *
  1805	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
  1806	 *	cipher suites
  1807	 *
  1808	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
  1809	 *	for other networks on different channels
  1810	 *
  1811	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
  1812	 *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
  1813	 *
  1814	 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
  1815	 *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
  1816	 *	this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
  1817	 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
  1818	 *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
  1819	 *	must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
  1820	 *	Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
  1821	 *	let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
  1822	 *
  1823	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
  1824	 *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
  1825	 *
  1826	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
  1827	 *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
  1828	 *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
  1829	 *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
  1830	 *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
  1831	 *	default in station mode.
  1832	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
  1833	 *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
  1834	 *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
  1835	 *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
  1836	 *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
  1837	 *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
  1838	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
  1839	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
  1840	 *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
  1841	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
  1842	 *	port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
  1843	 *	will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
  1844	 *	socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
  1845	 *	control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
  1846	 *	flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
  1847	 *	using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
  1848	 *	to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
  1849	 *	flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
  1850	 *	frames are not forwarded over the control port.
  1851	 *
  1852	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
  1853	 *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
  1854	 *
  1855	 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
  1856	 *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
  1857	 *	a local disconnect request.
  1858	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
  1859	 *	event (u16)
  1860	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
  1861	 *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
  1862	 *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
  1863	 *
  1864	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
  1865	 *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
  1866	 *	(an array of u32).
  1867	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
  1868	 *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
  1869	 *	u32).
  1870	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
  1871	 *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
  1872	 *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
  1873	 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
  1874	 *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
  1875	 *	This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
  1876	 *	indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
  1877	 *	implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
  1878	 *	the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
  1879	 *	If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
  1880	 *	assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
  1881	 *
  1882	 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
  1883	 *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
  1884	 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
  1885	 *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
  1886	 *
  1887	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
  1888	 *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
  1889	 *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
  1890	 *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
  1891	 *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
  1892	 *
  1893	 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
  1894	 *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
  1895	 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
  1896	 *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
  1897	 *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
  1898	 *
  1899	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
  1900	 *
  1901	 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
  1902	 *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
  1903	 *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
  1904	 *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
  1905	 *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
  1906	 *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
  1907	 *	completely from scratch.
  1908	 *
  1909	 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
  1910	 *
  1911	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
  1912	 *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
  1913	 *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
  1914	 *
  1915	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
  1916	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
  1917	 *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
  1918	 *
  1919	 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
  1920	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
  1921	 *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
  1922	 *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
  1923	 *
  1924	 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
  1925	 *
  1926	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
  1927	 *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
  1928	 *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
  1929	 *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
  1930	 *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
  1931	 *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
  1932	 *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
  1933	 *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
  1934	 *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
  1935	 *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
  1936	 *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
  1937	 *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
  1938	 *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
  1939	 *
  1940	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
  1941	 *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
  1942	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
  1943	 *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
  1944	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
  1945	 *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
  1946	 *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
  1947	 *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
  1948	 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
  1949	 *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
  1950	 *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
  1951	 *
  1952	 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
  1953	 *	acknowledged by the recipient.
  1954	 *
  1955	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
  1956	 *
  1957	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
  1958	 *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
  1959	 *
  1960	 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
  1961	 *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
  1962	 *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
  1963	 *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
  1964	 *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
  1965	 *
  1966	 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
  1967	 *	connected to this BSS.
  1968	 *
  1969	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
  1970	 *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
  1971	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
  1972	 *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
  1973	 *      for non-automatic settings.
  1974	 *
  1975	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
  1976	 *	means support for per-station GTKs.
  1977	 *
  1978	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
  1979	 *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
  1980	 *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
  1981	 *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
  1982	 *
  1983	 *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
  1984	 *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
  1985	 *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
  1986	 *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
  1987	 *	a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not.
  1988	 *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
  1989	 *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
  1990	 *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not.
  1991	 *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
  1992	 *	support by returning -EINVAL.
  1993	 *
  1994	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
  1995	 *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
  1996	 *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
  1997	 *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
  1998	 *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
  1999	 *
  2000	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
  2001	 *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
  2002	 *
  2003	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
  2004	 *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
  2005	 *
  2006	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
  2007	 *
  2008	 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
  2009	 *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
  2010	 *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
  2011	 *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
  2012	 *	nl80211 capability flag.
  2013	 *
  2014	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
  2015	 *
  2016	 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
  2017	 *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
  2018	 *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
  2019	 *
  2020	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
  2021	 *	changed once the mesh is active.
  2022	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
  2023	 *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
  2024	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
  2025	 *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
  2026	 *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
  2027	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
  2028	 *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
  2029	 *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
  2030	 *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
  2031	 *
  2032	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
  2033	 *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
  2034	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
  2035	 *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
  2036	 *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
  2037	 *	triggers.
  2038	 *
  2039	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
  2040	 *	cycles, in msecs.
  2041	 *
  2042	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
  2043	 *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
  2044	 *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
  2045	 *	pass-thru filter rules.
  2046	 *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
  2047	 *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
  2048	 *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
  2049	 *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
  2050	 *	able to ignore them by itself.
  2051	 *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
  2052	 *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
  2053	 *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
  2054	 *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
  2055	 *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
  2056	 *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
  2057	 *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
  2058	 *	If omitted, no filtering is done.
  2059	 *
  2060	 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
  2061	 *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
  2062	 *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
  2063	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
  2064	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
  2065	 *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
  2066	 *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
  2067	 *
  2068	 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
  2069	 *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
  2070	 *
  2071	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
  2072	 *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
  2073	 *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
  2074	 *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
  2075	 *
  2076	 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
  2077	 *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
  2078	 *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
  2079	 *
  2080	 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
  2081	 *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
  2082	 *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
  2083	 *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
  2084	 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
  2085	 *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
  2086	 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
  2087	 *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
  2088	 *	(Re)Association Request frames.
  2089	 *
  2090	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
  2091	 *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
  2092	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
  2093	 *	as AP.
  2094	 *
  2095	 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
  2096	 *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
  2097	 *
  2098	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
  2099	 *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
  2100	 *
  2101	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
  2102	 *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
  2103	 *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
  2104	 *	applications use this attribute.
  2105	 *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
  2106	 *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
  2107	 *
  2108	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
  2109	 *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
  2110	 *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
  2111	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
  2112	 *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
  2113	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
  2114	 *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
  2115	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
  2116	 *	as a TDLS peer sta.
  2117	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
  2118	 *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
  2119	 *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
  2120	 *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
  2121	 *
  2122	 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
  2123	 *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
  2124	 *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
  2125	 *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
  2126	 *
  2127	 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
  2128	 *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
  2129	 *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
  2130	 *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
  2131	 *
  2132	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
  2133	 *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
  2134	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
  2135	 *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
  2136	 *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
  2137	 *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
  2138	 *
  2139	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
  2140	 *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
  2141	 *	to be filled by the FW.
  2142	 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
  2143	 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
  2144	 *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
  2145	 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
  2146	 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
  2147	 *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
  2148	 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
  2149	 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
  2150	 *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
  2151	 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
  2152	 *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
  2153	 *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
  2154	 *      The values that may be configured are:
  2155	 *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
  2156	 *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
  2157	 *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
  2158	 *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
  2159	 *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
  2160	 *
  2161	 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
  2162	 *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
  2163	 *    to one DFS region.
  2164	 *
  2165	 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
  2166	 *      up to 16 TIDs.
  2167	 *
  2168	 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
  2169	 *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
  2170	 *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
  2171	 *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
  2172	 *	capability to timeout the stations.
  2173	 *
  2174	 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
  2175	 *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
  2176	 *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
  2177	 *
  2178	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
  2179	 *      or 0 to disable background scan.
  2180	 *
  2181	 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
  2182	 *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
  2183	 *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
  2184	 *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
  2185	 *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
  2186	 *
  2187	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
  2188	 *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
  2189	 *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
  2190	 *
  2191	 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
  2192	 *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
  2193	 *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
  2194	 *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
  2195	 *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
  2196	 *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
  2197	 *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
  2198	 *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
  2199	 *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
  2200	 *	consistent.
  2201	 *
  2202	 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
  2203	 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
  2204	 *
  2205	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
  2206	 *
  2207	 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
  2208	 *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
  2209	 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
  2210	 *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
  2211	 *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
  2212	 *	no change is made.
  2213	 *
  2214	 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
  2215	 *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
  2216	 *
  2217	 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
  2218	 *	carried in a u32 attribute
  2219	 *
  2220	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
  2221	 *	MAC ACL.
  2222	 *
  2223	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
  2224	 *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
  2225	 *	ACL.
  2226	 *
  2227	 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
  2228	 *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
  2229	 *
  2230	 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
  2231	 *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
  2232	 *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
  2233	 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
  2234	 *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
  2235	 *
  2236	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
  2237	 *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
  2238	 *
  2239	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
  2240	 *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
  2241	 *	and PU-APSD.
  2242	 *
  2243	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
  2244	 *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
  2245	 *
  2246	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
  2247	 *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
  2248	 *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
  2249	 *
  2250	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
  2251	 *
  2252	 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
  2253	 *	Element
  2254	 *
  2255	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
  2256	 *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
  2257	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
  2258	 *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
  2259	 *
  2260	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
  2261	 *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
  2262	 *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
  2263	 *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
  2264	 *
  2265	 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
  2266	 *
  2267	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
  2268	 *	until the channel switch event.
  2269	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
  2270	 *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
  2271	 *	operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
  2272	 *	was requested by the AP.
  2273	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
  2274	 *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
  2275	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
  2276	 *	switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
  2277	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
  2278	 *	switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
  2279	 *
  2280	 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
  2281	 *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
  2282	 *
  2283	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
  2284	 *
  2285	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
  2286	 *      operating classes.
  2287	 *
  2288	 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
  2289	 *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
  2290	 *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
  2291	 *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
  2292	 *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
  2293	 *	IBSS network.
  2294	 *
  2295	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
  2296	 *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
  2297	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
  2298	 *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
  2299	 *
  2300	 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
  2301	 *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
  2302	 *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
  2303	 *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
  2304	 *	u8 attribute.
  2305	 *
  2306	 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
  2307	 *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
  2308	 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
  2309	 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
  2310	 *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
  2311	 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
  2312	 *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
  2313	 *
  2314	 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
  2315	 *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
  2316	 *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
  2317	 *
  2318	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
  2319	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
  2320	 *
  2321	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
  2322	 *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
  2323	 *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
  2324	 *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
  2325	 *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
  2326	 *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
  2327	 *
  2328	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
  2329	 *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
  2330	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
  2331	 *	supported number of csa counters.
  2332	 *
  2333	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
  2334	 *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
  2335	 *
  2336	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
  2337	 *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
  2338	 *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
  2339	 *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
  2340	 *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
  2341	 *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
  2342	 *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
  2343	 *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
  2344	 *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
  2345	 *	cleared when the socket is closed.
  2346	 *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
  2347	 *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
  2348	 *	notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
  2349	 *	attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
  2350	 *	multicast group.
  2351	 *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
  2352	 *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
  2353	 *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
  2354	 *	torn down when the socket is closed.
  2355	 *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
  2356	 *	automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
  2357	 *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
  2358	 *	disabled when the socket is closed.
  2359	 *
  2360	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
  2361	 *	the TDLS link initiator.
  2362	 *
  2363	 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
  2364	 *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
  2365	 *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
  2366	 *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
  2367	 *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
  2368	 *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
  2369	 *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
  2370	 *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
  2371	 *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
  2372	 *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
  2373	 *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
  2374	 *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
  2375	 *
  2376	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
  2377	 *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
  2378	 *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
  2379	 *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
  2380	 *	setting valid value for coverage class.
  2381	 *
  2382	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
  2383	 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
  2384	 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
  2385	 *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
  2386	 *
  2387	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
  2388	 *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
  2389	 *
  2390	 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
  2391	 *
  2392	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
  2393	 *
  2394	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
  2395	 *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
  2396	 *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
  2397	 *	cfg80211 regdomain.
  2398	 *
  2399	 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
  2400	 *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
  2401	 *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
  2402	 *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
  2403	 *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
  2404	 *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
  2405	 *
  2406	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
  2407	 *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
  2408	 *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
  2409	 *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
  2410	 *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
  2411	 *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
  2412	 *	over all channels.
  2413	 *
  2414	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
  2415	 *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
  2416	 *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
  2417	 *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
  2418	
  2419	 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
  2420	 *      is operating in an indoor environment.
  2421	 *
  2422	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
  2423	 *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
  2424	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
  2425	 *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
  2426	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
  2427	 *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
  2428	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
  2429	 *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
  2430	 *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
  2431	 *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
  2432	 *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
  2433	 *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
  2434	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
  2435	 *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
  2436	 *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
  2437	 *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
  2438	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
  2439	 *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
  2440	 *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
  2441	 *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
  2442	 *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
  2443	 *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
  2444	 *
  2445	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
  2446	 *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
  2447	 *
  2448	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
  2449	 *
  2450	 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
  2451	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
  2452	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
  2453	 *	other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
  2454	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
  2455	 *	present.
  2456	 *
  2457	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
  2458	 *	groupID for monitor mode.
  2459	 *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
  2460	 *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
  2461	 *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
  2462	 *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
  2463	 *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
  2464	 *	each group.
  2465	 *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
  2466	 *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
  2467	 *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
  2468	 *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
  2469	 *	groupID data.
  2470	 *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
  2471	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
  2472	 *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
  2473	 *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
  2474	 *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
  2475	 *
  2476	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
  2477	 *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
  2478	 *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
  2479	 *	attribute must not be included).
  2480	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
  2481	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
  2482	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
  2483	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
  2484	 *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
  2485	 *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
  2486	 *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
  2487	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
  2488	 *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
  2489	 *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
  2490	 *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
  2491	 *
  2492	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
  2493	 *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
  2494	 *
  2495	 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
  2496	 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
  2497	 *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
  2498	 *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
  2499	 *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
  2500	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
  2501	 *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
  2502	 *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
  2503	 *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
  2504	 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
  2505	 *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
  2506	 *	the device will decide what to use.
  2507	 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
  2508	 *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
  2509	 *	attribute.
  2510	 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
  2511	 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
  2512	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
  2513	 *	protection.
  2514	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
  2515	 *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
  2516	 *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
  2517	 *
  2518	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
  2519	 *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
  2520	 *
  2521	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
  2522	 *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
  2523	 *
  2524	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
  2525	 *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
  2526	 *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
  2527	 *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
  2528	 *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
  2529	 *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
  2530	 *	unnecessary wakeups.
  2531	 *
  2532	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
  2533	 *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
  2534	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
  2535	 *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
  2536	 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
  2537	 *
  2538	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
  2539	 *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
  2540	 *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
  2541	 *
  2542	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
  2543	 *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
  2544	 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
  2545	 *
  2546	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
  2547	 *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
  2548	 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
  2549	 *
  2550	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
  2551	 *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
  2552	 *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
  2553	 *
  2554	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
  2555	 *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
  2556	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
  2557	 *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
  2558	 *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
  2559	 *
  2560	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP
  2561	 *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
  2562	 *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
  2563	 *
  2564	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
  2565	 *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
  2566	 *	For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
  2567	 *	PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
  2568	 *	authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
  2569	 *	support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
  2570	 *	is included as well.
  2571	 *
  2572	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
  2573	 *	indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
  2574	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
  2575	 *	scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
  2576	 *
  2577	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
  2578	 *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
  2579	 *	wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
  2580	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
  2581	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
  2582	 *
  2583	 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
  2584	 *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
  2585	 *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
  2586	 *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
  2587	 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
  2588	 *	space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
  2589	 *	with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
  2590	 *	may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
  2591	 *	is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
  2592	 *	attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
  2593	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
  2594	 *
  2595	 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
  2596	 *	u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
  2597	 *
  2598	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
  2599	 *      nl80211_txq_stats)
  2600	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
  2601	 *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
  2602	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
  2603	 *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
  2604	 *      enforced.
  2605	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
  2606	 *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
  2607	 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
  2608	 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
  2609	 *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
  2610	 *
  2611	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
  2612	 *	in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
  2613	 *	measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
  2614	 *	possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
  2615	 *
  2616	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
  2617	 *	statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
  2618	 *
  2619	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
  2620	 *	if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
  2621	 *	invalid value.
  2622	 *
  2623	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
  2624	 *	data, uses nested attributes specified in
  2625	 *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
  2626	 *	This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
  2627	 *	with the appropriate sub-attributes.
  2628	 *
  2629	 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
  2630	 *	scheduler.
  2631	 *
  2632	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
  2633	 *	station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
  2634	 *	possible values.
  2635	 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
  2636	 *	allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
  2637	 *	the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
  2638	 *	should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
  2639	 *	or per-station.
  2640	 *
  2641	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
  2642	 *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
  2643	 *	SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
  2644	 *
  2645	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
  2646	 *
  2647	 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
  2648	 *	functionality.
  2649	 *
  2650	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
  2651	 *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
  2652	 *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
  2653	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
  2654	 *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
  2655	 *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
  2656	 *
  2657	 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
  2658	 *	(u16).
  2659	 *
  2660	 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
  2661	 *
  2662	 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
  2663	 *	using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
  2664	 *	attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
  2665	 *	supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
  2666	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
  2667	 *	advertised for a specific interface type.
  2668	 *
  2669	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
  2670	 *	nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
  2671	 *	on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
  2672	 *	attributes.
  2673	 *
  2674	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
  2675	 *	port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
  2676	 *
  2677	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
  2678	 *	dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
  2679	 *	An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
  2680	 *	Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
  2681	 *	configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
  2682	 *	authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
  2683	 *	where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
  2684	 *	authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
  2685	 *	authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
  2686	 *	result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
  2687	 *
  2688	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
  2689	 *	terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
  2690	 *	(u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
  2691	 *	parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
  2692	 *	driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
  2693	 *	after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
  2694	 *	has expired.
  2695	 *
  2696	 *	Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
  2697	 *	entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
  2698	 *	no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
  2699	 *	disassociation is still forced.
  2700	 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
  2701	 *	%NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
  2702	 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
  2703	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
  2704	 *	an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
  2705	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
  2706	 *	first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
  2707	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
  2708	 *
  2709	 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
  2710	 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
  2711	 *
  2712	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
  2713	 *	discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
  2714	 *	&enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
  2715	 *	nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
  2716	 *
  2717	 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
  2718	 *	unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
  2719	 *	&enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
  2720	 *	nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
  2721	 *
  2722	 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
  2723	 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
  2724	 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
  2725	 *	override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
  2726	 *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
  2727	 *
  2728	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
  2729	 *	derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
  2730	 *	This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
  2731	 *	&enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
  2732	 *
  2733	 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
  2734	 *	used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
  2735	 *	of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
  2736	 *	sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
  2737	 *
  2738	 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
  2739	 *	disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
  2740	 *	is desired.
  2741	 *
  2742	 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
  2743	 *	%NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
  2744	 *
  2745	 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
  2746	 *	until the color switch event.
  2747	 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
  2748	 *	switching to
  2749	 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
  2750	 *	information for the time while performing a color switch.
  2751	 *
  2752	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
  2753	 *	advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
  2754	 *	Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
  2755	 *	and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
  2756	 *	Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
  2757	 *	parameters.
  2758	 *	See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
  2759	 *
  2760	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
  2761	 *	Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
  2762	 *	Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
  2763	 *
  2764	 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
  2765	 *	available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
  2766	 *	to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
  2767	 *	Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
  2768	 *	switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
  2769	 *	radar channel.
  2770	 *
  2771	 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
  2772	 *	enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
  2773	 *	used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
  2774	 *
  2775	 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
  2776	 *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
  2777	 *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
  2778	 *
  2779	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
  2780	 *	various commands that need a link ID to operate.
  2781	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
  2782	 *	per-link information and a link ID.
  2783	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
  2784	 *	authenticate/associate.
  2785	 *
  2786	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
  2787	 *	connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
  2788	 *	included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
  2789	 *
  2790	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
  2791	 *	AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
  2792	 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
  2793	 *	attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
  2794	 *	suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
  2795	 *	number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
  2796	 *
  2797	 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
  2798	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
  2799	 *
  2800	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
  2801	 *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
  2802	 *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
  2803	 *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
  2804	 *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
  2805	 *	the ack TX timestamp.
  2806	 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
  2807	 *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
  2808	 *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
  2809	 *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
  2810	 *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
  2811	 *	the incoming frame RX timestamp.
  2812	 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
  2813	 *	(re)associations.
  2814	 *
  2815	 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
  2816	 *	bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
  2817	 *	indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
  2818	 *	reserved.
  2819	 *
  2820	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
  2821	 *	timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
  2822	 *	A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
  2823	 *	an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
  2824	 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
  2825	 *	be enabled or not (flag attribute).
  2826	 *
  2827	 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
  2828	 *	reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
  2829	 *	only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
  2830	 *	Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
  2831	 *	elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
  2832	 *	profiles already included in the MBSSID element
  2833	 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
  2834	 *	will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
  2835	 *	index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
  2836	 *	MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
  2837	 *
  2838	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is
  2839	 *	disabled.
  2840	 *
  2841	 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e.
  2842	 *	include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or
  2843	 *	cannot be used at all.
  2844	 *
  2845	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to
  2846	 *      link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
  2847	 *      mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
  2848	 *      in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
  2849	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to
  2850	 *      link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
  2851	 *      mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
  2852	 *      in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
  2853	 *
  2854	 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
  2855	 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
  2856	 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  2857	 */
  2858	enum nl80211_attrs {
  2859	/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
  2860		NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
  2861	
  2862		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
  2863		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
  2864	
  2865		NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
  2866		NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
  2867		NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
  2868	
  2869		NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
  2870	
  2871		NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
  2872		NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
  2873		NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
  2874		NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
  2875		NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
  2876	
  2877		NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
  2878		NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
  2879		NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
  2880		NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
  2881	
  2882		NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
  2883		NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
  2884		NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
  2885		NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
  2886		NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
  2887		NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
  2888	
  2889		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
  2890	
  2891		NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
  2892	
  2893		NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
  2894		NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
  2895		NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
  2896		NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
  2897	
  2898		NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
  2899		NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
  2900		NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
  2901	
  2902		NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
  2903	
  2904		NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
  2905	
  2906		NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
  2907		NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
  2908	
  2909		NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
  2910	
  2911		NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
  2912	
  2913		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
  2914		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
  2915		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
  2916	
  2917		NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
  2918	
  2919		NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
  2920		NL80211_ATTR_IE,
  2921	
  2922		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
  2923	
  2924		NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
  2925		NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
  2926		NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
  2927		NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
  2928	
  2929		NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
  2930		NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
  2931	
  2932		NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
  2933	
  2934		NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
  2935		NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
  2936		NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
  2937		NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
  2938	
  2939		NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
  2940	
  2941		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
  2942		NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
  2943	
  2944		NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
  2945		NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
  2946	
  2947		NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
  2948	
  2949	
  2950		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
  2951		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
  2952		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
  2953		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
  2954	
  2955		NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
  2956	
  2957		NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
  2958	
  2959		NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
  2960	
  2961		NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
  2962	
  2963		NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
  2964	
  2965		NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
  2966	
  2967		NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
  2968		NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
  2969	
  2970		NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
  2971		NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
  2972		NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
  2973		NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
  2974	
  2975		NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
  2976		NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
  2977	
  2978		NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
  2979	
  2980		NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
  2981		NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
  2982	
  2983		NL80211_ATTR_PID,
  2984	
  2985		NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
  2986	
  2987		NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
  2988	
  2989		NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
  2990		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
  2991	
  2992		NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
  2993	
  2994		NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
  2995	
  2996		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
  2997	
  2998		NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
  2999	
  3000		NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
  3001	
  3002		NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
  3003	
  3004		NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
  3005	
  3006		NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
  3007	
  3008		NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
  3009	
  3010		NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
  3011	
  3012		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
  3013		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
  3014	
  3015		NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
  3016		NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
  3017		NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
  3018	
  3019		NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
  3020		NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
  3021	
  3022		NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
  3023	
  3024		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
  3025		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
  3026	
  3027		NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
  3028	
  3029		NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
  3030	
  3031		NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
  3032	
  3033		NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
  3034	
  3035		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
  3036	
  3037		NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
  3038	
  3039		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
  3040		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
  3041	
  3042		NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
  3043		NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
  3044	
  3045		NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
  3046		NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
  3047	
  3048		NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
  3049	
  3050		NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
  3051		NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
  3052	
  3053		NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
  3054	
  3055		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
  3056		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
  3057	
  3058		NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
  3059	
  3060		NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
  3061	
  3062		NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
  3063		NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
  3064	
  3065		NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
  3066		NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
  3067	
  3068		NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
  3069	
  3070		NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
  3071		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
  3072	
  3073		NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
  3074	
  3075		NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
  3076	
  3077		NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
  3078		NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
  3079		NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
  3080		NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
  3081		NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
  3082	
  3083		NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
  3084	
  3085		NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
  3086	
  3087		NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
  3088	
  3089		NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
  3090	
  3091		NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
  3092	
  3093		NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
  3094	
  3095		NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
  3096		NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
  3097	
  3098		NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
  3099	
  3100		NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
  3101	
  3102		NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
  3103	
  3104		NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
  3105	
  3106		NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
  3107	
  3108		NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
  3109	
  3110		NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
  3111	
  3112		NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
  3113	
  3114		NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
  3115	
  3116		NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
  3117	
  3118		NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
  3119		NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
  3120		NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
  3121	
  3122		NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
  3123		NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
  3124	
  3125		NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
  3126	
  3127		NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
  3128	
  3129		NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
  3130	
  3131		NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
  3132	
  3133		NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
  3134	
  3135		NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
  3136		NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
  3137	
  3138		NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
  3139		NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
  3140	
  3141		NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
  3142		NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
  3143	
  3144		NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
  3145		NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
  3146	
  3147		NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
  3148		NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
  3149	
  3150		NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
  3151		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
  3152	
  3153		NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
  3154	
  3155		NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
  3156	
  3157		NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
  3158		NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
  3159		NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
  3160		NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
  3161		NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
  3162	
  3163		NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
  3164	
  3165		NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
  3166	
  3167		NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
  3168	
  3169		NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
  3170	
  3171		NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
  3172		NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
  3173	
  3174		NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
  3175	
  3176		NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
  3177		NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
  3178		NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
  3179		NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
  3180	
  3181		NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
  3182	
  3183		NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
  3184		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
  3185	
  3186		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
  3187	
  3188		NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
  3189	
  3190		NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
  3191	
  3192		NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
  3193		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
  3194	
  3195		NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
  3196	
  3197		NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
  3198	
  3199		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
  3200	
  3201		NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
  3202		NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
  3203		NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
  3204	
  3205		NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
  3206	
  3207		NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
  3208	
  3209		NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
  3210	
  3211		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
  3212	
  3213		NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
  3214	
  3215		NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
  3216	
  3217		NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
  3218	
  3219		NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
  3220	
  3221		NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
  3222	
  3223		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
  3224		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
  3225		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
  3226		NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
  3227	
  3228		NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
  3229	
  3230		NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
  3231	
  3232		NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
  3233	
  3234		NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
  3235	
  3236		NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
  3237	
  3238		NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
  3239		NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
  3240	
  3241		NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
  3242		NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
  3243		NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
  3244		NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
  3245	
  3246		NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
  3247	
  3248		NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
  3249		NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
  3250		NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
  3251		NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
  3252	
  3253		NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
  3254		NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
  3255	
  3256		NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
  3257	
  3258		NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
  3259	
  3260		NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
  3261		NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
  3262	
  3263		NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
  3264	
  3265		NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
  3266		NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
  3267		NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
  3268		NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
  3269		NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
  3270	
  3271		NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
  3272	
  3273		NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
  3274		NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
  3275	
  3276		NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
  3277		NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
  3278		NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
  3279	
  3280		NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
  3281		NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
  3282	
  3283		NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
  3284		NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
  3285	
  3286		NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
  3287	
  3288		NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
  3289		NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
  3290		NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
  3291		NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
  3292	
  3293		NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
  3294	
  3295		NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
  3296	
  3297		NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
  3298	
  3299		NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
  3300	
  3301		NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
  3302	
  3303		NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
  3304		NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
  3305		NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
  3306	
  3307		NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
  3308	
  3309		NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
  3310	
  3311		NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
  3312	
  3313		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
  3314		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
  3315	
  3316		NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
  3317	
  3318		NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
  3319	
  3320		NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
  3321	
  3322		NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
  3323	
  3324		NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
  3325	
  3326		NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
  3327		NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
  3328	
  3329		NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
  3330		NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
  3331		NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
  3332		NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
  3333	
  3334		NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
  3335	
  3336		NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
  3337	
  3338		NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
  3339	
  3340		NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
  3341		NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
  3342	
  3343		NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
  3344	
  3345		NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
  3346	
  3347		NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
  3348	
  3349		NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
  3350	
  3351		NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
  3352	
  3353		NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
  3354		NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
  3355		NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
  3356	
  3357		NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
  3358		NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
  3359	
  3360		NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
  3361	
  3362		NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
  3363	
  3364		NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
  3365	
  3366		NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
  3367	
  3368		NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
  3369		NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
  3370		NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
  3371	
  3372		NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
  3373	
  3374		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
  3375	
  3376		NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
  3377		NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
  3378	
  3379		NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
  3380		NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
  3381		NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
  3382	
  3383		NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
  3384	
  3385		NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS,
  3386		NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED,
  3387	
  3388		NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS,
  3389	
  3390		NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED,
  3391	
  3392		NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA,
  3393	
  3394		NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK,
  3395		NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK,
  3396	
  3397		/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
  3398	
  3399		__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
  3400		NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
  3401		NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
  3402	};
  3403	
  3404	/* source-level API compatibility */
  3405	#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
  3406	#define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
  3407	#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
  3408	#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
  3409	#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
  3410	#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
  3411	
  3412	/*
  3413	 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
  3414	 * here
  3415	 */
  3416	#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
  3417	#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
  3418	#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
  3419	#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
  3420	#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
  3421	#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
  3422	#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
  3423	#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
  3424	#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
  3425	#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
  3426	#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
  3427	#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
  3428	#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
  3429	#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
  3430	#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
  3431	#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
  3432	#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
  3433	#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
  3434	#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
  3435	#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
  3436	#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
  3437	
  3438	#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN		64
  3439	
  3440	#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
  3441	#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
  3442	#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		128
  3443	#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
  3444	#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
  3445	#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
  3446	#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
  3447	#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
  3448	#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
  3449	#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
  3450	#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
  3451	
  3452	/*
  3453	 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
  3454	 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
  3455	 */
  3456	#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
  3457	#define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN          13
  3458	#define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN          51
  3459	
  3460	#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
  3461	
  3462	/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
  3463	#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
  3464	
  3465	#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
  3466	
  3467	/**
  3468	 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
  3469	 *
  3470	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
  3471	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
  3472	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
  3473	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
  3474	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
  3475	 *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
  3476	 *	AP type interface.
  3477	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
  3478	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
  3479	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
  3480	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
  3481	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
  3482	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
  3483	 *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
  3484	 *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
  3485	 *	commands to create and destroy one
  3486	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
  3487	 *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
  3488	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
  3489	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
  3490	 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
  3491	 *
  3492	 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
  3493	 * to set the type of an interface.
  3494	 *
  3495	 */
  3496	enum nl80211_iftype {
  3497		NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
  3498		NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
  3499		NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
  3500		NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
  3501		NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
  3502		NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
  3503		NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
  3504		NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
  3505		NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
  3506		NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
  3507		NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
  3508		NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
  3509		NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
  3510	
  3511		/* keep last */
  3512		NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
  3513		NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
  3514	};
  3515	
  3516	/**
  3517	 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
  3518	 *
  3519	 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
  3520	 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
  3521	 *
  3522	 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  3523	 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
  3524	 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
  3525	 *	with short barker preamble
  3526	 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
  3527	 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
  3528	 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
  3529	 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
  3530	 *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
  3531	 *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
  3532	 *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
  3533	 *	as errors.)
  3534	 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
  3535	 *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
  3536	 *	previously added station into associated state
  3537	 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
  3538	 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  3539	 */
  3540	enum nl80211_sta_flags {
  3541		__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
  3542		NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
  3543		NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
  3544		NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
  3545		NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
  3546		NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
  3547		NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
  3548		NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
  3549	
  3550		/* keep last */
  3551		__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
  3552		NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
  3553	};
  3554	
  3555	/**
  3556	 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
  3557	 *
  3558	 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
  3559	 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
  3560	 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
  3561	 */
  3562	enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
  3563		NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
  3564		NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
  3565	
  3566		NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
  3567	};
  3568	
  3569	#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
  3570	
  3571	/**
  3572	 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
  3573	 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
  3574	 * @set: which values to set them to
  3575	 *
  3576	 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
  3577	 */
  3578	struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
  3579		__u32 mask;
  3580		__u32 set;
  3581	} __attribute__((packed));
  3582	
  3583	/**
  3584	 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
  3585	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
  3586	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
  3587	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
  3588	 */
  3589	enum nl80211_he_gi {
  3590		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
  3591		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
  3592		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
  3593	};
  3594	
  3595	/**
  3596	 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
  3597	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
  3598	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
  3599	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
  3600	 */
  3601	enum nl80211_he_ltf {
  3602		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
  3603		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
  3604		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
  3605	};
  3606	
  3607	/**
  3608	 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
  3609	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
  3610	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
  3611	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
  3612	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
  3613	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
  3614	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
  3615	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
  3616	 */
  3617	enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
  3618		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
  3619		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
  3620		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
  3621		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
  3622		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
  3623		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
  3624		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
  3625	};
  3626	
  3627	/**
  3628	 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
  3629	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
  3630	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
  3631	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
  3632	 */
  3633	enum nl80211_eht_gi {
  3634		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
  3635		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
  3636		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
  3637	};
  3638	
  3639	/**
  3640	 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
  3641	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
  3642	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
  3643	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
  3644	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
  3645	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
  3646	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
  3647	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
  3648	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
  3649	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
  3650	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
  3651	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
  3652	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
  3653	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
  3654	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
  3655	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
  3656	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
  3657	 */
  3658	enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
  3659		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
  3660		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
  3661		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
  3662		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
  3663		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
  3664		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
  3665		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
  3666		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
  3667		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
  3668		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
  3669		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
  3670		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
  3671		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
  3672		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
  3673		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
  3674		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
  3675	};
  3676	
  3677	/**
  3678	 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
  3679	 *
  3680	 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
  3681	 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
  3682	 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
  3683	 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
  3684	 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
  3685	 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
  3686	 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
  3687	 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
  3688	 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
  3689	 *
  3690	 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  3691	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
  3692	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
  3693	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
  3694	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
  3695	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
  3696	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
  3697	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
  3698	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
  3699	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
  3700	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
  3701	 *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
  3702	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
  3703	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
  3704	 *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
  3705	 *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
  3706	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
  3707	 *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
  3708	 *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
  3709	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
  3710	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
  3711	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
  3712	 *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
  3713	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
  3714	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
  3715	 *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
  3716	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
  3717	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
  3718	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
  3719	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
  3720	 *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
  3721	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
  3722	 *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
  3723	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10)
  3724	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4)
  3725	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate
  3726	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate
  3727	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate
  3728	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate
  3729	 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate
  3730	 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  3731	 */
  3732	enum nl80211_rate_info {
  3733		__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
  3734		NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
  3735		NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
  3736		NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
  3737		NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
  3738		NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
  3739		NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
  3740		NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
  3741		NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
  3742		NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
  3743		NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
  3744		NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
  3745		NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
  3746		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
  3747		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
  3748		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
  3749		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
  3750		NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
  3751		NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
  3752		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
  3753		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
  3754		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
  3755		NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
  3756		NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS,
  3757		NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS,
  3758		NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH,
  3759		NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH,
  3760		NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH,
  3761		NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH,
  3762		NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH,
  3763	
  3764		/* keep last */
  3765		__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
  3766		NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
  3767	};
  3768	
  3769	/**
  3770	 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
  3771	 *
  3772	 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
  3773	 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
  3774	 *
  3775	 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  3776	 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
  3777	 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
  3778	 *	(flag)
  3779	 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
  3780	 *	(flag)
  3781	 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
  3782	 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
  3783	 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
  3784	 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  3785	 */
  3786	enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
  3787		__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
  3788		NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
  3789		NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
  3790		NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
  3791		NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
  3792		NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
  3793	
  3794		/* keep last */
  3795		__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
  3796		NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
  3797	};
  3798	
  3799	/**
  3800	 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
  3801	 *
  3802	 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
  3803	 * when getting information about a station.
  3804	 *
  3805	 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  3806	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
  3807	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
  3808	 *	(u32, from this station)
  3809	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
  3810	 *	(u32, to this station)
  3811	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
  3812	 *	(u64, from this station)
  3813	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
  3814	 *	(u64, to this station)
  3815	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
  3816	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
  3817	 * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
  3818	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
  3819	 *	(u32, from this station)
  3820	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
  3821	 *	(u32, to this station)
  3822	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
  3823	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
  3824	 *	(u32, to this station)
  3825	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
  3826	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
  3827	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
  3828	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
  3829	 *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
  3830	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
  3831	 *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
  3832	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
  3833	 *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
  3834	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
  3835	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
  3836	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
  3837	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
  3838	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
  3839	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
  3840	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
  3841	 *	non-peer STA
  3842	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
  3843	 *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
  3844	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
  3845	 *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
  3846	 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
  3847	 *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
  3848	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
  3849	 *	(u64)
  3850	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
  3851	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
  3852	 *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
  3853	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
  3854	 *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
  3855	 *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
  3856	 *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
  3857	 *	attributes carrying the actual values.
  3858	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
  3859	 *	received from the station (u64, usec)
  3860	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
  3861	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
  3862	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
  3863	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
  3864	 *	(u32, from this station)
  3865	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
  3866	 *	with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
  3867	 *	some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
  3868	 *	might not be fully accurate.
  3869	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
  3870	 *	mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
  3871	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
  3872	 *	sent to the station (u64, usec)
  3873	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
  3874	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
  3875	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
  3876	 *	of STA's association
  3877	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
  3878	 *	authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
  3879	 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
  3880	 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
  3881	 */
  3882	enum nl80211_sta_info {
  3883		__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
  3884		NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
  3885		NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
  3886		NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
  3887		NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
  3888		NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
  3889		NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
  3890		NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
  3891		NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
  3892		NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
  3893		NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
  3894		NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
  3895		NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
  3896		NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
  3897		NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
  3898		NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
  3899		NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
  3900		NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
  3901		NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
  3902		NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
  3903		NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
  3904		NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
  3905		NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
  3906		NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
  3907		NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
  3908		NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
  3909		NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
  3910		NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
  3911		NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
  3912		NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
  3913		NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
  3914		NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
  3915		NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
  3916		NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
  3917		NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
  3918		NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
  3919		NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
  3920		NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
  3921		NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
  3922		NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
  3923		NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
  3924		NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
  3925		NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
  3926		NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
  3927	
  3928		/* keep last */
  3929		__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
  3930		NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
  3931	};
  3932	
  3933	/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
  3934	#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
  3935	
  3936	
  3937	/**
  3938	 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
  3939	 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  3940	 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
  3941	 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
  3942	 *	attempted to transmit; u64)
  3943	 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
  3944	 *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
  3945	 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
  3946	 *	MSDUs (u64)
  3947	 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
  3948	 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
  3949	 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
  3950	 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
  3951	 */
  3952	enum nl80211_tid_stats {
  3953		__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
  3954		NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
  3955		NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
  3956		NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
  3957		NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
  3958		NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
  3959		NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
  3960	
  3961		/* keep last */
  3962		NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
  3963		NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
  3964	};
  3965	
  3966	/**
  3967	 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
  3968	 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  3969	 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
  3970	 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
  3971	 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
  3972	 *      backlogged
  3973	 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
  3974	 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
  3975	 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
  3976	 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
  3977	 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
  3978	 *      (only for per-phy stats)
  3979	 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
  3980	 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
  3981	 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
  3982	 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
  3983	 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
  3984	 */
  3985	enum nl80211_txq_stats {
  3986		__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
  3987		NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
  3988		NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
  3989		NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
  3990		NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
  3991		NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
  3992		NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
  3993		NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
  3994		NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
  3995		NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
  3996		NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
  3997		NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
  3998	
  3999		/* keep last */
  4000		NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
  4001		NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
  4002	};
  4003	
  4004	/**
  4005	 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
  4006	 *
  4007	 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
  4008	 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
  4009	 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
  4010	 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
  4011	 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
  4012	 */
  4013	enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
  4014		NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
  4015		NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
  4016		NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
  4017		NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
  4018		NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
  4019	};
  4020	
  4021	/**
  4022	 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
  4023	 *
  4024	 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
  4025	 * information about a mesh path.
  4026	 *
  4027	 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  4028	 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
  4029	 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
  4030	 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
  4031	 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
  4032	 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
  4033	 * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
  4034	 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
  4035	 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
  4036	 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
  4037	 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
  4038	 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
  4039	 *	currently defined
  4040	 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  4041	 */
  4042	enum nl80211_mpath_info {
  4043		__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
  4044		NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
  4045		NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
  4046		NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
  4047		NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
  4048		NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
  4049		NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
  4050		NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
  4051		NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
  4052		NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
  4053	
  4054		/* keep last */
  4055		__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
  4056		NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
  4057	};
  4058	
  4059	/**
  4060	 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
  4061	 *
  4062	 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  4063	 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
  4064	 *     for each interface type that supports the band data
  4065	 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
  4066	 *     capabilities IE
  4067	 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
  4068	 *     capabilities IE
  4069	 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
  4070	 *     capabilities IE
  4071	 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
  4072	 *     defined in HE capabilities IE
  4073	 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
  4074	 *	given for all 6 GHz band channels
  4075	 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
  4076	 *	advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
  4077	 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
  4078	 *	capabilities element
  4079	 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
  4080	 *	capabilities element
  4081	 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
  4082	 *	capabilities element
  4083	 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
  4084	 *	defined in EHT capabilities element
  4085	 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  4086	 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
  4087	 */
  4088	enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
  4089		__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
  4090	
  4091		NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
  4092		NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
  4093		NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
  4094		NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
  4095		NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
  4096		NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
  4097		NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
  4098		NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
  4099		NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
  4100		NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
  4101		NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
  4102	
  4103		/* keep last */
  4104		__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
  4105		NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
  4106	};
  4107	
  4108	/**
  4109	 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
  4110	 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  4111	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
  4112	 *	an array of nested frequency attributes
  4113	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
  4114	 *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
  4115	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
  4116	 *	defined in 802.11n
  4117	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
  4118	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
  4119	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
  4120	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
  4121	 *	defined in 802.11ac
  4122	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
  4123	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
  4124	 *	attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
  4125	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
  4126	 *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
  4127	 *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
  4128	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
  4129	 *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
  4130	 *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
  4131	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
  4132	 *	set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
  4133	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
  4134	 *	S1G information IE, 10 bytes
  4135	 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
  4136	 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  4137	 */
  4138	enum nl80211_band_attr {
  4139		__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
  4140		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
  4141		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
  4142	
  4143		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
  4144		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
  4145		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
  4146		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
  4147	
  4148		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
  4149		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
  4150		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
  4151	
  4152		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
  4153		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
  4154	
  4155		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET,
  4156		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA,
  4157	
  4158		/* keep last */
  4159		__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
  4160		NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
  4161	};
  4162	
  4163	#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
  4164	
  4165	/**
  4166	 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
  4167	 *
  4168	 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  4169	 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
  4170	 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
  4171	 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
  4172	 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
  4173	 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
  4174	 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
  4175	 */
  4176	enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
  4177		__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
  4178		NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
  4179		NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
  4180		NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
  4181		NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
  4182	
  4183		/* keep last */
  4184		__NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
  4185		NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
  4186	};
  4187	
  4188	/**
  4189	 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
  4190	 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  4191	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
  4192	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
  4193	 *	regulatory domain.
  4194	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
  4195	 * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
  4196	 * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
  4197	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
  4198	 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
  4199	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
  4200	 *	(100 * dBm).
  4201	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
  4202	 *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
  4203	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long
  4204	 *	this channel is in this DFS state.
  4205	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
  4206	 *	channel as the control channel
  4207	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
  4208	 *	channel as the control channel
  4209	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
  4210	 *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
  4211	 *	this includes 80+80 channels
  4212	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
  4213	 *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
  4214	 *	isn't possible
  4215	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
  4216	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
  4217	 *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
  4218	 *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
  4219	 *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
  4220	 *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
  4221	 *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
  4222	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
  4223	 *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
  4224	 *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
  4225	 *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
  4226	 *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
  4227	 *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
  4228	 *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
  4229	 *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
  4230	 *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
  4231	 *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
  4232	 *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
  4233	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
  4234	 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
  4235	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
  4236	 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
  4237	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
  4238	 *	This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
  4239	 *	(see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
  4240	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
  4241	 *	in current regulatory domain.
  4242	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
  4243	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
  4244	 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
  4245	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
  4246	 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
  4247	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
  4248	 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
  4249	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
  4250	 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
  4251	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
  4252	 *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
  4253	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
  4254	 *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
  4255	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
  4256	 *	in current regulatory domain.
  4257	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that
  4258	 *	is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain.
  4259	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is
  4260	 *	allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control
  4261	 *	of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01
  4262	 *	Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
  4263	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP
  4264	 *	not allowed using this channel
  4265	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP
  4266	 *	not allowed using this channel
  4267	 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
  4268	 *	currently defined
  4269	 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  4270	 *
  4271	 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
  4272	 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
  4273	 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
  4274	 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
  4275	 */
  4276	enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
  4277		__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
  4278		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
  4279		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
  4280		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
  4281		__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
  4282		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
  4283		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
  4284		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
  4285		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
  4286		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
  4287		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
  4288		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
  4289		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
  4290		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
  4291		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
  4292		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
  4293		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
  4294		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
  4295		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
  4296		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
  4297		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
  4298		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
  4299		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
  4300		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
  4301		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
  4302		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
  4303		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
  4304		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
  4305		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD,
  4306		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT,
  4307		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT,
  4308		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT,
  4309	
  4310		/* keep last */
  4311		__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
  4312		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
  4313	};
  4314	
  4315	#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
  4316	#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
  4317	#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
  4318	#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
  4319	#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
  4320						NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
  4321	
  4322	/**
  4323	 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
  4324	 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  4325	 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
  4326	 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
  4327	 *	in 2.4 GHz band.
  4328	 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
  4329	 *	currently defined
  4330	 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  4331	 */
  4332	enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
  4333		__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
  4334		NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
  4335		NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
  4336	
  4337		/* keep last */
  4338		__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
  4339		NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
  4340	};
  4341	
  4342	/**
  4343	 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
  4344	 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
  4345	 * 	regulatory domain.
  4346	 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
  4347	 * 	regulatory domain.
  4348	 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
  4349	 * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
  4350	 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
  4351	 * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
  4352	 * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
  4353	 *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
  4354	 *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
  4355	 *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
  4356	 *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
  4357	 */
  4358	enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
  4359		NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
  4360		NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
  4361		NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
  4362		NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
  4363	};
  4364	
  4365	/**
  4366	 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
  4367	 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
  4368	 *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
  4369	 *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
  4370	 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
  4371	 * 	domain.
  4372	 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
  4373	 * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
  4374	 * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
  4375	 * 	them to be applied.
  4376	 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
  4377	 *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
  4378	 *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
  4379	 *	domain request to be processed.
  4380	 */
  4381	enum nl80211_reg_type {
  4382		NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
  4383		NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
  4384		NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
  4385		NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
  4386	};
  4387	
  4388	/**
  4389	 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
  4390	 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  4391	 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
  4392	 * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
  4393	 * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
  4394	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
  4395	 * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
  4396	 * 	band edge.
  4397	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
  4398	 * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
  4399	 * 	band edge.
  4400	 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
  4401	 *	frequency range, in KHz.
  4402	 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
  4403	 * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
  4404	 * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
  4405	 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
  4406	 * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
  4407	 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
  4408	 *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
  4409	 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm).
  4410	 *	This could be negative.
  4411	 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
  4412	 *	currently defined
  4413	 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  4414	 */
  4415	enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
  4416		__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
  4417		NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
  4418	
  4419		NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
  4420		NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
  4421		NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
  4422	
  4423		NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
  4424		NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
  4425	
  4426		NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
  4427	
  4428		NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD,
  4429	
  4430		/* keep last */
  4431		__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
  4432		NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
  4433	};
  4434	
  4435	/**
  4436	 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
  4437	 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  4438	 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
  4439	 *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
  4440	 *	(This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
  4441	 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
  4442	 *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
  4443	 *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
  4444	 *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
  4445	 *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
  4446	 *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
  4447	 *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
  4448	 *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
  4449	 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
  4450	 *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
  4451	 *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
  4452	 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
  4453	 *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
  4454	 *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
  4455	 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
  4456	 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
  4457	 *	(this cannot be used together with SSID).
  4458	 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
  4459	 *	band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
  4460	 *	enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
  4461	 *	band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
  4462	 *	of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
  4463	 *	minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
  4464	 *	within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
  4465	 *	attributes will be nested within this attribute.
  4466	 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
  4467	 *	attribute number currently defined
  4468	 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  4469	 */
  4470	enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
  4471		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
  4472	
  4473		NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
  4474		NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
  4475		NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
  4476		NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
  4477		NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
  4478		NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
  4479	
  4480		/* keep last */
  4481		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
  4482		NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
  4483			__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
  4484	};
  4485	
  4486	/* only for backward compatibility */
  4487	#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
  4488	
  4489	/**
  4490	 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
  4491	 *
  4492	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
  4493	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
  4494	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
  4495	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
  4496	 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
  4497	 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
  4498	 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
  4499	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
  4500	 * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
  4501	 * 	beaconing.
  4502	 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
  4503	 *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
  4504	 *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
  4505	 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
  4506	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
  4507	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
  4508	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
  4509	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
  4510	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
  4511	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
  4512	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed
  4513	 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value
  4514	 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for
  4515		peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master
  4516		which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3).
  4517		Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
  4518	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed
  4519	 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed
  4520	 */
  4521	enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
  4522		NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
  4523		NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
  4524		NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
  4525		NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
  4526		NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
  4527		NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
  4528		NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
  4529		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
  4530		__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
  4531		NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
  4532		NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
  4533		NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
  4534		NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
  4535		NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
  4536		NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
  4537		NL80211_RRF_NO_HE		= 1<<17,
  4538		NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ		= 1<<18,
  4539		NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT		= 1<<19,
  4540		NL80211_RRF_PSD			= 1<<20,
  4541		NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT	= 1<<21,
  4542		NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT	= 1<<22,
  4543		NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT	= 1<<23,
  4544	};
  4545	
  4546	#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
  4547	#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
  4548	#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
  4549	#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
  4550						 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
  4551	#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
  4552	
  4553	/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
  4554	#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
  4555	
  4556	/**
  4557	 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
  4558	 *
  4559	 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
  4560	 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
  4561	 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
  4562	 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
  4563	 */
  4564	enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
  4565		NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
  4566		NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
  4567		NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
  4568		NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
  4569	};
  4570	
  4571	/**
  4572	 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
  4573	 *
  4574	 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
  4575	 *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
  4576	 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
  4577	 *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
  4578	 *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
  4579	 *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
  4580	 *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
  4581	 *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
  4582	 *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
  4583	 *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
  4584	 *	supported feature.
  4585	 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
  4586	 *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
  4587	 */
  4588	enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
  4589		NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
  4590		NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
  4591		NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
  4592	};
  4593	
  4594	/**
  4595	 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
  4596	 *
  4597	 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
  4598	 * when getting information about a survey.
  4599	 *
  4600	 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  4601	 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
  4602	 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
  4603	 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
  4604	 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
  4605	 *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
  4606	 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
  4607	 *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
  4608	 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
  4609	 *	channel was sensed busy
  4610	 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
  4611	 *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
  4612	 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
  4613	 *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
  4614	 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
  4615	 *	(on this channel or globally)
  4616	 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
  4617	 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
  4618	 *	receiving frames destined to the local BSS
  4619	 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
  4620	 *	currently defined
  4621	 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
  4622	 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  4623	 */
  4624	enum nl80211_survey_info {
  4625		__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
  4626		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
  4627		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
  4628		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
  4629		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
  4630		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
  4631		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
  4632		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
  4633		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
  4634		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
  4635		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
  4636		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
  4637		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
  4638	
  4639		/* keep last */
  4640		__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
  4641		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
  4642	};
  4643	
  4644	/* keep old names for compatibility */
  4645	#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
  4646	#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
  4647	#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
  4648	#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
  4649	#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
  4650	
  4651	/**
  4652	 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
  4653	 *
  4654	 * Monitor configuration flags.
  4655	 *
  4656	 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
  4657	 *
  4658	 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
  4659	 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
  4660	 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
  4661	 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
  4662	 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
  4663	 *	overrides all other flags.
  4664	 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
  4665	 *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
  4666	 *
  4667	 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  4668	 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
  4669	 */
  4670	enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
  4671		__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
  4672		NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
  4673		NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
  4674		NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
  4675		NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
  4676		NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
  4677		NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
  4678	
  4679		/* keep last */
  4680		__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
  4681		NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
  4682	};
  4683	
  4684	/**
  4685	 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
  4686	 *
  4687	 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
  4688	 *	not known or has not been set yet.
  4689	 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
  4690	 *	in Awake state all the time.
  4691	 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
  4692	 *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
  4693	 *	neighbor's beacons.
  4694	 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
  4695	 *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
  4696	 *	for neighbor's beacons.
  4697	 *
  4698	 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
  4699	 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
  4700	 */
  4701	
  4702	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
  4703		NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
  4704		NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
  4705		NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
  4706		NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
  4707	
  4708		__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
  4709		NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
  4710	};
  4711	
  4712	/**
  4713	 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
  4714	 *
  4715	 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
  4716	 * active.
  4717	 *
  4718	 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
  4719	 *
  4720	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
  4721	 *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
  4722	 *
  4723	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
  4724	 *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
  4725	 *
  4726	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
  4727	 *	millisecond units
  4728	 *
  4729	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
  4730	 *	on this mesh interface
  4731	 *
  4732	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
  4733	 *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
  4734	 *	mesh
  4735	 *
  4736	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
  4737	 *	point.
  4738	 *
  4739	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
  4740	 *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
  4741	 *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
  4742	 *	set.
  4743	 *
  4744	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
  4745	 *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
  4746	 *	target)
  4747	 *
  4748	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
  4749	 *	(in milliseconds)
  4750	 *
  4751	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
  4752	 *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
  4753	 *
  4754	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
  4755	 *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
  4756	 *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
  4757	 *
  4758	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
  4759	 *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
  4760	 *	reference element
  4761	 *
  4762	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
  4763	 *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
  4764	 *	mesh
  4765	 *
  4766	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
  4767	 *
  4768	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
  4769	 *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
  4770	 *
  4771	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
  4772	 *	root announcements are transmitted.
  4773	 *
  4774	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
  4775	 *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
  4776	 *	Announcement frames.
  4777	 *
  4778	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
  4779	 *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
  4780	 *	PERR element.
  4781	 *
  4782	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
  4783	 *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
  4784	 *
  4785	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
  4786	 *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
  4787	 *	a peer link.
  4788	 *
  4789	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
  4790	 *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
  4791	 *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
  4792	 *
  4793	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
  4794	 *
  4795	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
  4796	 *
  4797	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
  4798	 *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
  4799	 *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
  4800	 *
  4801	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
  4802	 *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
  4803	 *
  4804	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
  4805	 *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
  4806	 *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
  4807	 *
  4808	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
  4809	 *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
  4810	 *
  4811	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
  4812	 *
  4813	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
  4814	 *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
  4815	 *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
  4816	 *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
  4817	 *
  4818	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
  4819	 *	will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
  4820	 *	field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
  4821	 *	advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
  4822	 *
  4823	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
  4824	 *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
  4825	 *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
  4826	 *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
  4827	 *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
  4828	 *
  4829	 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
  4830	 *	will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
  4831	 *	in the mesh formation field.
  4832	 *
  4833	 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  4834	 */
  4835	enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
  4836		__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
  4837		NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
  4838		NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
  4839		NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
  4840		NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
  4841		NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
  4842		NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
  4843		NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
  4844		NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
  4845		NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
  4846		NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
  4847		NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
  4848		NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
  4849		NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
  4850		NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
  4851		NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
  4852		NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
  4853		NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
  4854		NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
  4855		NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
  4856		NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
  4857		NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
  4858		NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
  4859		NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
  4860		NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
  4861		NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
  4862		NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
  4863		NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
  4864		NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
  4865		NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
  4866		NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
  4867		NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
  4868	
  4869		/* keep last */
  4870		__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
  4871		NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
  4872	};
  4873	
  4874	/**
  4875	 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
  4876	 *
  4877	 * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
  4878	 * changed while the mesh is active.
  4879	 *
  4880	 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
  4881	 *
  4882	 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
  4883	 *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
  4884	 *	default HWMP.
  4885	 *
  4886	 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
  4887	 *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
  4888	 *	metric.
  4889	 *
  4890	 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
  4891	 *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
  4892	 *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
  4893	 *	metrics in use.
  4894	 *
  4895	 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
  4896	 *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
  4897	 *
  4898	 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
  4899	 *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
  4900	 *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
  4901	 *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
  4902	 *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
  4903	 *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
  4904	 *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
  4905	 *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
  4906	 *	userspace daemon.
  4907	 *
  4908	 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
  4909	 *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
  4910	 *	neighbor offset synchronization
  4911	 *
  4912	 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
  4913	 *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
  4914	 *
  4915	 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
  4916	 *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
  4917	 *	Default is no authentication method required.
  4918	 *
  4919	 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
  4920	 *
  4921	 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
  4922	 */
  4923	enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
  4924		__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
  4925		NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
  4926		NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
  4927		NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
  4928		NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
  4929		NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
  4930		NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
  4931		NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
  4932		NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
  4933	
  4934		/* keep last */
  4935		__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
  4936		NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
  4937	};
  4938	
  4939	/**
  4940	 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
  4941	 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
  4942	 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
  4943	 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
  4944	 *	disabled
  4945	 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
  4946	 *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
  4947	 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
  4948	 *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
  4949	 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
  4950	 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
  4951	 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
  4952	 */
  4953	enum nl80211_txq_attr {
  4954		__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
  4955		NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
  4956		NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
  4957		NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
  4958		NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
  4959		NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
  4960	
  4961		/* keep last */
  4962		__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
  4963		NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
  4964	};
  4965	
  4966	enum nl80211_ac {
  4967		NL80211_AC_VO,
  4968		NL80211_AC_VI,
  4969		NL80211_AC_BE,
  4970		NL80211_AC_BK,
  4971		NL80211_NUM_ACS
  4972	};
  4973	
  4974	/* backward compat */
  4975	#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
  4976	#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
  4977	#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
  4978	#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
  4979	#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
  4980	
  4981	/**
  4982	 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
  4983	 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
  4984	 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
  4985	 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
  4986	 *	below the control channel
  4987	 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
  4988	 *	above the control channel
  4989	 */
  4990	enum nl80211_channel_type {
  4991		NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
  4992		NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
  4993		NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
  4994		NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
  4995	};
  4996	
  4997	/**
  4998	 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
  4999	 *
  5000	 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
  5001	 *	Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
  5002	 *
  5003	 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
  5004	 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
  5005	 *
  5006	 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
  5007	 *	Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
  5008	 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
  5009	 *	The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
  5010	 *	the preferred Tx key for the station.
  5011	 */
  5012	enum nl80211_key_mode {
  5013		NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
  5014		NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
  5015		NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
  5016	};
  5017	
  5018	/**
  5019	 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
  5020	 *
  5021	 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
  5022	 * attribute.
  5023	 *
  5024	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
  5025	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
  5026	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
  5027	 *	attribute must be provided as well
  5028	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
  5029	 *	attribute must be provided as well
  5030	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
  5031	 *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
  5032	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
  5033	 *	attribute must be provided as well
  5034	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
  5035	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
  5036	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
  5037	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
  5038	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
  5039	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
  5040	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
  5041	 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
  5042	 *	attribute must be provided as well
  5043	 */
  5044	enum nl80211_chan_width {
  5045		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
  5046		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
  5047		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
  5048		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
  5049		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
  5050		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
  5051		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
  5052		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
  5053		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
  5054		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
  5055		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
  5056		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
  5057		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
  5058		NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
  5059	};
  5060	
  5061	/**
  5062	 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
  5063	 *
  5064	 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
  5065	 *
  5066	 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
  5067	 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
  5068	 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
  5069	 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
  5070	 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
  5071	 */
  5072	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
  5073		NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
  5074		NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
  5075		NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
  5076		NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
  5077		NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
  5078	};
  5079	
  5080	/**
  5081	 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use
  5082	 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection",
  5083	 *	including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type.
  5084	 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an
  5085	 *	MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including
  5086	 *	the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must
  5087	 *	additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set.
  5088	 */
  5089	enum nl80211_bss_use_for {
  5090		NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0,
  5091		NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1,
  5092	};
  5093	
  5094	/**
  5095	 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a
  5096	 *	BSS isn't possible
  5097	 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't
  5098	 *	supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one.
  5099	 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting
  5100	 *	the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses.
  5101	 */
  5102	enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons {
  5103		NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY	= 1 << 0,
  5104		NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH	= 1 << 1,
  5105	};
  5106	
  5107	/**
  5108	 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
  5109	 *
  5110	 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
  5111	 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
  5112	 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
  5113	 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
  5114	 *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
  5115	 *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
  5116	 *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
  5117	 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
  5118	 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
  5119	 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
  5120	 *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
  5121	 *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
  5122	 *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
  5123	 *	they are from a Beacon frame.
  5124	 *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
  5125	 *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
  5126	 *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
  5127	 *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
  5128	 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
  5129	 *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
  5130	 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
  5131	 *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
  5132	 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
  5133	 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
  5134	 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
  5135	 *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
  5136	 *	yet been received
  5137	 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
  5138	 *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used!
  5139	 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
  5140	 *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
  5141	 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
  5142	 *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
  5143	 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
  5144	 *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
  5145	 *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
  5146	 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
  5147	 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
  5148	 *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
  5149	 *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
  5150	 *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
  5151	 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
  5152	 *	is set.
  5153	 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
  5154	 *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
  5155	 *	using the nesting index as the antenna number.
  5156	 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
  5157	 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
  5158	 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
  5159	 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be
  5160	 *	used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for.
  5161	 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot
  5162	 *	be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it,
  5163	 *	even though its presence was detected.
  5164	 *	This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from
  5165	 *	&enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing
  5166	 *	if no reasons are specified.
  5167	 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
  5168	 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
  5169	 */
  5170	enum nl80211_bss {
  5171		__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
  5172		NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
  5173		NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
  5174		NL80211_BSS_TSF,
  5175		NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
  5176		NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
  5177		NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
  5178		NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
  5179		NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
  5180		NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
  5181		NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
  5182		NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
  5183		NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
  5184		NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
  5185		NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
  5186		NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
  5187		NL80211_BSS_PAD,
  5188		NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
  5189		NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
  5190		NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
  5191		NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
  5192		NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
  5193		NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
  5194		NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR,
  5195		NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS,
  5196	
  5197		/* keep last */
  5198		__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
  5199		NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
  5200	};
  5201	
  5202	/**
  5203	 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
  5204	 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
  5205	 *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
  5206	 *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
  5207	 *	a given BSS.
  5208	 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
  5209	 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
  5210	 *
  5211	 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
  5212	 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
  5213	 */
  5214	enum nl80211_bss_status {
  5215		NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
  5216		NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
  5217		NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
  5218	};
  5219	
  5220	/**
  5221	 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
  5222	 *
  5223	 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
  5224	 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
  5225	 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
  5226	 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
  5227	 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
  5228	 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
  5229	 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
  5230	 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
  5231	 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
  5232	 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
  5233	 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
  5234	 *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
  5235	 *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
  5236	 */
  5237	enum nl80211_auth_type {
  5238		NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
  5239		NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
  5240		NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
  5241		NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
  5242		NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
  5243		NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
  5244		NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
  5245		NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
  5246	
  5247		/* keep last */
  5248		__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
  5249		NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
  5250		NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
  5251	};
  5252	
  5253	/**
  5254	 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
  5255	 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
  5256	 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
  5257	 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
  5258	 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
  5259	 */
  5260	enum nl80211_key_type {
  5261		NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
  5262		NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
  5263		NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
  5264	
  5265		NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
  5266	};
  5267	
  5268	/**
  5269	 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
  5270	 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
  5271	 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
  5272	 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
  5273	 */
  5274	enum nl80211_mfp {
  5275		NL80211_MFP_NO,
  5276		NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
  5277		NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
  5278	};
  5279	
  5280	enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
  5281		NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
  5282		NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
  5283		NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
  5284	};
  5285	
  5286	/**
  5287	 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
  5288	 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
  5289	 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
  5290	 *	unicast key
  5291	 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
  5292	 *	multicast key
  5293	 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
  5294	 */
  5295	enum nl80211_key_default_types {
  5296		__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
  5297		NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
  5298		NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
  5299	
  5300		NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
  5301	};
  5302	
  5303	/**
  5304	 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
  5305	 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
  5306	 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
  5307	 *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
  5308	 *	keys
  5309	 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
  5310	 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
  5311	 *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
  5312	 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
  5313	 *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
  5314	 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
  5315	 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
  5316	 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
  5317	 *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
  5318	 *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
  5319	 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
  5320	 *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
  5321	 *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
  5322	 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
  5323	 *	Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
  5324	 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
  5325	 *
  5326	 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
  5327	 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
  5328	 */
  5329	enum nl80211_key_attributes {
  5330		__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
  5331		NL80211_KEY_DATA,
  5332		NL80211_KEY_IDX,
  5333		NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
  5334		NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
  5335		NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
  5336		NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
  5337		NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
  5338		NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
  5339		NL80211_KEY_MODE,
  5340		NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
  5341	
  5342		/* keep last */
  5343		__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
  5344		NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
  5345	};
  5346	
  5347	/**
  5348	 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
  5349	 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
  5350	 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
  5351	 *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
  5352	 *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
  5353	 *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
  5354	 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
  5355	 *	in an array of MCS numbers.
  5356	 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
  5357	 *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
  5358	 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
  5359	 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
  5360	 *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
  5361	 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
  5362	 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
  5363	 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
  5364	 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
  5365	 */
  5366	enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
  5367		__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
  5368		NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
  5369		NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
  5370		NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
  5371		NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
  5372		NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
  5373		NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
  5374		NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
  5375	
  5376		/* keep last */
  5377		__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
  5378		NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
  5379	};
  5380	
  5381	#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
  5382	#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
  5383	
  5384	/**
  5385	 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
  5386	 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
  5387	 */
  5388	struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
  5389		__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
  5390	};
  5391	
  5392	#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX		8
  5393	/**
  5394	 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
  5395	 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
  5396	 */
  5397	struct nl80211_txrate_he {
  5398		__u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
  5399	};
  5400	
  5401	enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
  5402		NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
  5403		NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
  5404		NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
  5405	};
  5406	
  5407	/**
  5408	 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
  5409	 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
  5410	 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
  5411	 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
  5412	 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
  5413	 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
  5414	 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
  5415	 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
  5416	 *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
  5417	 */
  5418	enum nl80211_band {
  5419		NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
  5420		NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
  5421		NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
  5422		NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
  5423		NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
  5424		NL80211_BAND_LC,
  5425	
  5426		NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
  5427	};
  5428	
  5429	/**
  5430	 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
  5431	 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
  5432	 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
  5433	 */
  5434	enum nl80211_ps_state {
  5435		NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
  5436		NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
  5437	};
  5438	
  5439	/**
  5440	 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
  5441	 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
  5442	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
  5443	 *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
  5444	 *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
  5445	 *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
  5446	 *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
  5447	 *	crosses any of the thresholds.
  5448	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
  5449	 *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
  5450	 *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
  5451	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
  5452	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
  5453	 *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
  5454	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
  5455	 *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
  5456	 *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
  5457	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
  5458	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
  5459	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
  5460	 *	checked.
  5461	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
  5462	 *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
  5463	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
  5464	 *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
  5465	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
  5466	 *	loss event
  5467	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
  5468	 *	RSSI threshold event.
  5469	 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
  5470	 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
  5471	 */
  5472	enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
  5473		__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
  5474		NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
  5475		NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
  5476		NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
  5477		NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
  5478		NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
  5479		NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
  5480		NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
  5481		NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
  5482		NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
  5483	
  5484		/* keep last */
  5485		__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
  5486		NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
  5487	};
  5488	
  5489	/**
  5490	 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
  5491	 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
  5492	 *      configured threshold
  5493	 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
  5494	 *      configured threshold
  5495	 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
  5496	 */
  5497	enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
  5498		NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
  5499		NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
  5500		NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
  5501	};
  5502	
  5503	
  5504	/**
  5505	 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
  5506	 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
  5507	 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
  5508	 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
  5509	 */
  5510	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
  5511		NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
  5512		NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
  5513		NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
  5514	};
  5515	
  5516	/**
  5517	 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
  5518	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
  5519	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
  5520	 */
  5521	enum nl80211_tid_config {
  5522		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
  5523		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
  5524	};
  5525	
  5526	/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
  5527	 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
  5528	 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
  5529	 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
  5530	 */
  5531	enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
  5532		NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
  5533		NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
  5534		NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
  5535	};
  5536	
  5537	/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
  5538	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
  5539	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
  5540	 *	for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
  5541	 *	(%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
  5542	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
  5543	 *	per peer instead.
  5544	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates
  5545	 *	that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
  5546	 *	configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
  5547	 *	should be left untouched.
  5548	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
  5549	 *	Its type is u16.
  5550	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
  5551	 *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
  5552	 *	Its type is u8.
  5553	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
  5554	 *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
  5555	 *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
  5556	 *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
  5557	 *	output in wiphy capabilities.
  5558	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
  5559	 *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
  5560	 *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
  5561	 *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
  5562	 *	output in wiphy capabilities.
  5563	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
  5564	 *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
  5565	 *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
  5566	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
  5567	 *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
  5568	 *	the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
  5569	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
  5570	 *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
  5571	 *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
  5572	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
  5573	 *	to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
  5574	 *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
  5575	 *	the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
  5576	 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
  5577	 *	with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
  5578	 *	configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
  5579	 *	station.
  5580	 */
  5581	enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
  5582		__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
  5583		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
  5584		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
  5585		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
  5586		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
  5587		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
  5588		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
  5589		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
  5590		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
  5591		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
  5592		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
  5593		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
  5594		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
  5595		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
  5596	
  5597		/* keep last */
  5598		__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
  5599		NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
  5600	};
  5601	
  5602	/**
  5603	 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
  5604	 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
  5605	 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
  5606	 *	a zero bit are ignored
  5607	 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
  5608	 *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
  5609	 *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
  5610	 *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
  5611	 *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
  5612	 *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
  5613	 *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
  5614	 *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
  5615	 *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
  5616	 *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
  5617	 *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
  5618	 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
  5619	 *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
  5620	 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
  5621	 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
  5622	 */
  5623	enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
  5624		__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
  5625		NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
  5626		NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
  5627		NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
  5628	
  5629		NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
  5630		MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
  5631	};
  5632	
  5633	/**
  5634	 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
  5635	 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
  5636	 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
  5637	 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
  5638	 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
  5639	 *
  5640	 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
  5641	 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
  5642	 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
  5643	 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
  5644	 * by the kernel to userspace.
  5645	 */
  5646	struct nl80211_pattern_support {
  5647		__u32 max_patterns;
  5648		__u32 min_pattern_len;
  5649		__u32 max_pattern_len;
  5650		__u32 max_pkt_offset;
  5651	} __attribute__((packed));
  5652	
  5653	/* only for backward compatibility */
  5654	#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
  5655	#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
  5656	#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
  5657	#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
  5658	#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
  5659	#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
  5660	#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
  5661	
  5662	/**
  5663	 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
  5664	 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
  5665	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
  5666	 *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
  5667	 *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
  5668	 *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
  5669	 *	any others are even supported by the device.
  5670	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
  5671	 *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
  5672	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
  5673	 *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
  5674	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
  5675	 *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
  5676	 *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
  5677	 *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
  5678	 *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
  5679	 *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
  5680	 *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
  5681	 *
  5682	 *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
  5683	 *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
  5684	 *
  5685	 *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
  5686	 *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
  5687	 *	to the kernel when configuring.
  5688	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
  5689	 *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
  5690	 *	by the device (flag)
  5691	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
  5692	 *	done by the device) (flag)
  5693	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
  5694	 *	packet (flag)
  5695	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
  5696	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
  5697	 *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
  5698	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
  5699	 *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
  5700	 *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
  5701	 *	attribute contains the original length.
  5702	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
  5703	 *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
  5704	 *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
  5705	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
  5706	 *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
  5707	 *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
  5708	 *	contains the original length.
  5709	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
  5710	 *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
  5711	 *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
  5712	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
  5713	 *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
  5714	 *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
  5715	 *	the TCP connection.
  5716	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
  5717	 *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
  5718	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
  5719	 *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
  5720	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
  5721	 *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
  5722	 *	service
  5723	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
  5724	 *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
  5725	 *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
  5726	 *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
  5727	 *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
  5728	 *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
  5729	 *	attribute is also sent in a response to
  5730	 *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
  5731	 *	supported by the driver (u32).
  5732	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
  5733	 *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
  5734	 *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
  5735	 *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
  5736	 *	element is present, it means that more than one match
  5737	 *	occurred.
  5738	 *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
  5739	 *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
  5740	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
  5741	 *	these attributes must be present.  If
  5742	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
  5743	 *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
  5744	 *	channel.
  5745	 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
  5746	 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
  5747	 *
  5748	 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
  5749	 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
  5750	 */
  5751	enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
  5752		__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
  5753		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
  5754		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
  5755		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
  5756		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
  5757		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
  5758		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
  5759		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
  5760		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
  5761		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
  5762		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
  5763		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
  5764		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
  5765		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
  5766		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
  5767		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
  5768		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
  5769		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
  5770		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
  5771		NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
  5772	
  5773		/* keep last */
  5774		NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
  5775		MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
  5776	};
  5777	
  5778	/**
  5779	 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
  5780	 *
  5781	 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
  5782	 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
  5783	 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
  5784	 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
  5785	 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
  5786	 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
  5787	 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
  5788	 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
  5789	 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
  5790	 *
  5791	 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
  5792	 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
  5793	 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
  5794	 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
  5795	 * also woken up.
  5796	 *
  5797	 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
  5798	 * response packets might not go through correctly.
  5799	 */
  5800	
  5801	/**
  5802	 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
  5803	 * @start: starting value
  5804	 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
  5805	 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
  5806	 *
  5807	 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
  5808	 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
  5809	 * in little endian.
  5810	 */
  5811	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
  5812		__u32 start, offset, len;
  5813	};
  5814	
  5815	/**
  5816	 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
  5817	 * @offset: offset of token in packet
  5818	 * @len: length of each token
  5819	 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
  5820	 *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
  5821	 */
  5822	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
  5823		__u32 offset, len;
  5824		__u8 token_stream[];
  5825	};
  5826	
  5827	/**
  5828	 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
  5829	 * @min_len: minimum token length
  5830	 * @max_len: maximum token length
  5831	 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
  5832	 */
  5833	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
  5834		__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
  5835	};
  5836	
  5837	/**
  5838	 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
  5839	 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
  5840	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
  5841	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
  5842	 *	(in network byte order)
  5843	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
  5844	 *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
  5845	 *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
  5846	 *	might require ARP querying.
  5847	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
  5848	 *	socket and port will be allocated
  5849	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
  5850	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
  5851	 *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
  5852	 *	of the data payload.
  5853	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
  5854	 *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
  5855	 *	advertising it is just a flag
  5856	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
  5857	 *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
  5858	 *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
  5859	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
  5860	 *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
  5861	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
  5862	 *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
  5863	 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
  5864	 *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
  5865	 *	but on the TCP payload only.
  5866	 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
  5867	 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
  5868	 */
  5869	enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
  5870		__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
  5871		NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
  5872		NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
  5873		NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
  5874		NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
  5875		NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
  5876		NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
  5877		NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
  5878		NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
  5879		NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
  5880		NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
  5881		NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
  5882	
  5883		/* keep last */
  5884		NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
  5885		MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
  5886	};
  5887	
  5888	/**
  5889	 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
  5890	 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
  5891	 * @pat: packet pattern support information
  5892	 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
  5893	 *
  5894	 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
  5895	 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
  5896	 */
  5897	struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
  5898		__u32 max_rules;
  5899		struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
  5900		__u32 max_delay;
  5901	} __attribute__((packed));
  5902	
  5903	/**
  5904	 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
  5905	 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
  5906	 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
  5907	 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
  5908	 *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
  5909	 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
  5910	 *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
  5911	 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
  5912	 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
  5913	 */
  5914	enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
  5915		__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
  5916		NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
  5917		NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
  5918		NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
  5919	
  5920		/* keep last */
  5921		NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
  5922		NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
  5923	};
  5924	
  5925	/**
  5926	 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
  5927	 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
  5928	 *	in a rule are matched.
  5929	 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
  5930	 *	in a rule are not matched.
  5931	 */
  5932	enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
  5933		NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
  5934		NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
  5935	};
  5936	
  5937	/**
  5938	 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
  5939	 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
  5940	 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
  5941	 *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
  5942	 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
  5943	 *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
  5944	 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
  5945	 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
  5946	 */
  5947	enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
  5948		NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
  5949		NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
  5950		NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
  5951	
  5952		/* keep last */
  5953		NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
  5954		MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
  5955	};
  5956	
  5957	/**
  5958	 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
  5959	 *
  5960	 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
  5961	 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
  5962	 *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
  5963	 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
  5964	 *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
  5965	 *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
  5966	 *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
  5967	 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
  5968	 *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
  5969	 *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
  5970	 *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
  5971	 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
  5972	 *	different channels may be used within this group.
  5973	 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
  5974	 *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
  5975	 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
  5976	 *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
  5977	 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
  5978	 *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
  5979	 *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
  5980	 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
  5981	 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
  5982	 *
  5983	 * Examples:
  5984	 *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
  5985	 *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
  5986	 *
  5987	 *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
  5988	 *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
  5989	 *
  5990	 *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
  5991	 *	=> allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
  5992	 *
  5993	 *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
  5994	 *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
  5995	 *
  5996	 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
  5997	 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
  5998	 * that any of these groups must match.
  5999	 *
  6000	 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
  6001	 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
  6002	 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
  6003	 * interface type, the following group always exists:
  6004	 *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
  6005	 */
  6006	enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
  6007		NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
  6008		NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
  6009		NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
  6010		NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
  6011		NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
  6012		NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
  6013		NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
  6014		NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
  6015	
  6016		/* keep last */
  6017		NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
  6018		MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
  6019	};
  6020	
  6021	
  6022	/**
  6023	 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
  6024	 *
  6025	 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
  6026	 *	state of non-existent mesh peer links
  6027	 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
  6028	 *	this mesh peer
  6029	 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
  6030	 *	from this mesh peer
  6031	 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
  6032	 *	received from this mesh peer
  6033	 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
  6034	 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
  6035	 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
  6036	 *	plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
  6037	 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
  6038	 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
  6039	 */
  6040	enum nl80211_plink_state {
  6041		NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
  6042		NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
  6043		NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
  6044		NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
  6045		NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
  6046		NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
  6047		NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
  6048	
  6049		/* keep last */
  6050		NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
  6051		MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
  6052	};
  6053	
  6054	/**
  6055	 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
  6056	 *
  6057	 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
  6058	 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
  6059	 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
  6060	 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
  6061	 */
  6062	enum plink_actions {
  6063		NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
  6064		NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
  6065		NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
  6066	
  6067		NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
  6068	};
  6069	
  6070	
  6071	#define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
  6072	#define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
  6073	#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN		24
  6074	#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN		32
  6075	#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32		32
  6076	#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
  6077	
  6078	/**
  6079	 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
  6080	 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
  6081	 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
  6082	 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
  6083	 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
  6084	 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
  6085	 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
  6086	 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
  6087	 */
  6088	enum nl80211_rekey_data {
  6089		__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
  6090		NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
  6091		NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
  6092		NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
  6093		NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
  6094	
  6095		/* keep last */
  6096		NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
  6097		MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
  6098	};
  6099	
  6100	/**
  6101	 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
  6102	 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
  6103	 *	Beacon frames)
  6104	 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
  6105	 *	in Beacon frames
  6106	 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
  6107	 *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
  6108	 */
  6109	enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
  6110		NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
  6111		NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
  6112		NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
  6113	};
  6114	
  6115	/**
  6116	 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
  6117	 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
  6118	 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
  6119	 *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
  6120	 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
  6121	 *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
  6122	 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
  6123	 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
  6124	 */
  6125	enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
  6126		__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
  6127		NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
  6128		NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
  6129	
  6130		/* keep last */
  6131		__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
  6132		NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
  6133	};
  6134	
  6135	/**
  6136	 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
  6137	 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
  6138	 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
  6139	 *	priority)
  6140	 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
  6141	 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
  6142	 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
  6143	 *	(internal)
  6144	 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
  6145	 *	(internal)
  6146	 */
  6147	enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
  6148		__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
  6149		NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
  6150		NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
  6151		NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
  6152	
  6153		/* keep last */
  6154		NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
  6155		MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
  6156	};
  6157	
  6158	/**
  6159	 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
  6160	 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
  6161	 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
  6162	 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
  6163	 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
  6164	 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
  6165	 */
  6166	enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
  6167		NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
  6168		NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
  6169		NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
  6170		NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
  6171		NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
  6172	};
  6173	
  6174	/**
  6175	 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
  6176	 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
  6177	 *	when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
  6178	 *	"start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
  6179	 */
  6180	enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
  6181		NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD		= 1 << 0,
  6182	};
  6183	
  6184	/**
  6185	 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
  6186	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
  6187	 *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
  6188	 *	socket option.
  6189	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
  6190	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
  6191	 *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
  6192	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
  6193	 *	to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
  6194	 *	cellular base stations.
  6195	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
  6196	 *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
  6197	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
  6198	 *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
  6199	 *	mode
  6200	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
  6201	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
  6202	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
  6203	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
  6204	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
  6205	 *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
  6206	 *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
  6207	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
  6208	 *	setting
  6209	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
  6210	 *	powersave
  6211	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
  6212	 *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
  6213	 *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
  6214	 *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
  6215	 *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
  6216	 *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
  6217	 *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
  6218	 *	states using station flags.
  6219	 *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
  6220	 *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
  6221	 *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
  6222	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
  6223	 *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
  6224	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
  6225	 *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
  6226	 *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
  6227	 *	still generated by the driver.
  6228	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
  6229	 *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
  6230	 *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
  6231	 *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
  6232	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
  6233	 *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
  6234	 *	lifetime of a BSS.
  6235	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
  6236	 *	Set IE to probe requests.
  6237	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
  6238	 *	to probe requests.
  6239	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
  6240	 *	requests sent to it by an AP.
  6241	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
  6242	 *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
  6243	 *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
  6244	 *	Measurement Report action frame.
  6245	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
  6246	 *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
  6247	 *	to enable dynack.
  6248	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
  6249	 *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
  6250	 *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
  6251	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
  6252	 *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
  6253	 *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
  6254	 *	rts/cts handshake.
  6255	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
  6256	 *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
  6257	 *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
  6258	 *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
  6259	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
  6260	 *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
  6261	 *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
  6262	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
  6263	 *	operating as a TDLS peer.
  6264	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
  6265	 *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
  6266	 *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
  6267	 *	address mask/value will be used.
  6268	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
  6269	 *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
  6270	 *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
  6271	 *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
  6272	 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
  6273	 *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
  6274	 *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
  6275	 *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
  6276	 */
  6277	enum nl80211_feature_flags {
  6278		NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
  6279		NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
  6280		NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
  6281		NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
  6282		NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
  6283		NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
  6284		NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
  6285		NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
  6286		NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
  6287		NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
  6288		NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
  6289		NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
  6290		NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
  6291		/* bit 13 is reserved */
  6292		NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
  6293		NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
  6294		NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
  6295		NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
  6296		NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
  6297		NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
  6298		NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
  6299		NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
  6300		NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
  6301		NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
  6302		NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
  6303		NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
  6304		NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
  6305		NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
  6306		NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
  6307		NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
  6308		NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
  6309		NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1U << 31,
  6310	};
  6311	
  6312	/**
  6313	 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
  6314	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
  6315	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
  6316	 *	request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
  6317	 *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
  6318	 *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
  6319	 *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised.
  6320	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
  6321	 *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
  6322	 *	certain groups which can be configured by the
  6323	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
  6324	 *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
  6325	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
  6326	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
  6327	 *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
  6328	 *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
  6329	 *	(if available).
  6330	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
  6331	 *	time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the
  6332	 *	time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is
  6333	 *	connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF
  6334	 *	of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if
  6335	 *	specified).
  6336	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
  6337	 *	channel dwell time.
  6338	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
  6339	 *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate.
  6340	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
  6341	 *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
  6342	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
  6343	 *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
  6344	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
  6345	 *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
  6346	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
  6347	 *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
  6348	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
  6349	 *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
  6350	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
  6351	 *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
  6352	 *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
  6353	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
  6354	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
  6355	 *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
  6356	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
  6357	 *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
  6358	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
  6359	 *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
  6360	 *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
  6361	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
  6362	 *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
  6363	 *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
  6364	 *	be supported.
  6365	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
  6366	 *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
  6367	 *	actual dwell time.
  6368	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
  6369	 *	response
  6370	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
  6371	 *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
  6372	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
  6373	 *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
  6374	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
  6375	 *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
  6376	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
  6377	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
  6378	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
  6379	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
  6380	 *	Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
  6381	 *	informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
  6382	 *	channel change triggered by radar detection event.
  6383	 *	No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
  6384	 *	"radar detected" event.
  6385	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
  6386	 *	receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
  6387	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
  6388	 *	(average) ACK signal strength reporting.
  6389	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
  6390	 *      TXQs.
  6391	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
  6392	 *	SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
  6393	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
  6394	 *	except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
  6395	 *	by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
  6396	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
  6397	 *	timing measurement responder role.
  6398	 *
  6399	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
  6400	 *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
  6401	 *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
  6402	 *      freeze the connection.
  6403	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
  6404	 *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
  6405	 *
  6406	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
  6407	 *	fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
  6408	 *	scheduling.
  6409	 *
  6410	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
  6411	 *	(set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
  6412	 *
  6413	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
  6414	 *	filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
  6415	 *
  6416	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
  6417	 *	to a station.
  6418	 *
  6419	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
  6420	 *	station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
  6421	 *
  6422	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
  6423	 *	with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
  6424	 *	vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
  6425	 *
  6426	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
  6427	 *	feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
  6428	 *	time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
  6429	 *
  6430	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
  6431	 *	and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
  6432	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
  6433	 *	protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
  6434	 *
  6435	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
  6436	 *	forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
  6437	 *	handled as ordinary data frames.
  6438	 *
  6439	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
  6440	 *
  6441	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
  6442	 *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
  6443	 *
  6444	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
  6445	 *	are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
  6446	 *
  6447	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
  6448	 *	reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
  6449	 *	report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
  6450	 *	included in the scan request.
  6451	 *
  6452	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
  6453	 *	can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
  6454	 *
  6455	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
  6456	 *	Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
  6457	 *
  6458	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
  6459	 *	handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
  6460	 *	command).
  6461	 *
  6462	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
  6463	 *	in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
  6464	 *
  6465	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
  6466	 *	frames transmission
  6467	 *
  6468	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
  6469	 *	unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
  6470	 *
  6471	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
  6472	 *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
  6473	 *
  6474	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
  6475	 *      exchange protocol.
  6476	 *
  6477	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
  6478	 *      exchange protocol.
  6479	 *
  6480	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
  6481	 *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
  6482	 *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
  6483	 *
  6484	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
  6485	 *	detection and change announcemnts.
  6486	 *
  6487	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
  6488	 *	FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
  6489	 *	frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
  6490	 *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
  6491	 *
  6492	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
  6493	 *	detection.
  6494	 *
  6495	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
  6496	 *	change without having to bring the underlying network device down
  6497	 *	first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
  6498	 *	origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
  6499	 *	or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
  6500	 *	might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
  6501	 *	in progress, and no active connections.
  6502	 *
  6503	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
  6504	 *
  6505	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
  6506	 *	authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
  6507	 *
  6508	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
  6509	 *	in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
  6510	 *	using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
  6511	 *
  6512	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
  6513	 *	handling in station mode.
  6514	 *
  6515	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
  6516	 *	handling in AP mode.
  6517	 *
  6518	 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or
  6519	 *	ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent
  6520	 *	DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01
  6521	 *	(Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to
  6522	 *	operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection.
  6523	 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
  6524	 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
  6525	 */
  6526	enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
  6527		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
  6528		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
  6529		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
  6530		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
  6531		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
  6532		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
  6533		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
  6534		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
  6535		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
  6536		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
  6537		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
  6538		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
  6539		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
  6540		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
  6541		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
  6542		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
  6543		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
  6544		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
  6545		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
  6546		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
  6547		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
  6548		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
  6549		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
  6550		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
  6551		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
  6552		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
  6553		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
  6554		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
  6555		/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
  6556		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
  6557		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
  6558		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
  6559		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
  6560		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
  6561		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
  6562		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
  6563		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
  6564		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
  6565		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
  6566		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
  6567		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
  6568		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
  6569		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
  6570		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
  6571		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
  6572		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
  6573		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
  6574		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
  6575		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
  6576		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
  6577		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
  6578		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
  6579		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
  6580		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
  6581		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
  6582		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
  6583		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
  6584		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
  6585		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
  6586		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
  6587		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
  6588		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
  6589		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
  6590		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
  6591		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
  6592		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
  6593		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,
  6594		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD,
  6595		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP,
  6596		NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT,
  6597	
  6598		/* add new features before the definition below */
  6599		NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
  6600		MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
  6601	};
  6602	
  6603	/**
  6604	 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
  6605	 *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
  6606	 *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
  6607	 *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
  6608	 *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
  6609	 *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
  6610	 *	to the host.
  6611	 *
  6612	 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
  6613	 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
  6614	 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
  6615	 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
  6616	 */
  6617	enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
  6618		NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
  6619		NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
  6620		NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
  6621		NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
  6622	};
  6623	
  6624	/**
  6625	 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
  6626	 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
  6627	 *	handled by the AP is reached.
  6628	 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
  6629	 */
  6630	enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
  6631		NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
  6632		NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
  6633	};
  6634	
  6635	/**
  6636	 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
  6637	 *
  6638	 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
  6639	 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
  6640	 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
  6641	 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
  6642	 */
  6643	enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
  6644		NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
  6645		NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
  6646		NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
  6647		NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
  6648	};
  6649	
  6650	/**
  6651	 * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
  6652	 *
  6653	 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
  6654	 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
  6655	 * requests.
  6656	 *
  6657	 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
  6658	 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
  6659	 * one of them can be used in the request.
  6660	 *
  6661	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
  6662	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
  6663	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
  6664	 *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
  6665	 *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
  6666	 *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
  6667	 *	when really needed
  6668	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
  6669	 *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
  6670	 *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
  6671	 *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
  6672	 *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
  6673	 *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
  6674	 *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
  6675	 *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
  6676	 *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
  6677	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
  6678	 *	request parameters IE in the probe request
  6679	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
  6680	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
  6681	 *	rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
  6682	 *	only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
  6683	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
  6684	 *	tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
  6685	 *	and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
  6686	 *	Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
  6687	 *	a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
  6688	 *	SSID and/or RSSI.
  6689	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
  6690	 *	accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
  6691	 *	scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
  6692	 *	implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
  6693	 *	impacted with this flag.
  6694	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
  6695	 *	optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
  6696	 *	optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
  6697	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
  6698	 *	results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
  6699	 *	possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
  6700	 *	possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
  6701	 *	Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
  6702	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
  6703	 *	request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
  6704	 *	possible.
  6705	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
  6706	 *	only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
  6707	 *	added by userspace explicitly.)
  6708	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
  6709	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
  6710	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
  6711	 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
  6712	 *	2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
  6713	 *	information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
  6714	 *	received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
  6715	 *	channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
  6716	 *	the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
  6717	 *	probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
  6718	 *	these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
  6719	 *	is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
  6720	 *	scanned if the user space has asked for it.
  6721	 */
  6722	enum nl80211_scan_flags {
  6723		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY				= 1<<0,
  6724		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH					= 1<<1,
  6725		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP					= 1<<2,
  6726		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR				= 1<<3,
  6727		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME			= 1<<4,
  6728		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP		= 1<<5,
  6729		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE		= 1<<6,
  6730		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION	= 1<<7,
  6731		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN				= 1<<8,
  6732		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER				= 1<<9,
  6733		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY				= 1<<10,
  6734		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN				= 1<<11,
  6735		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT			= 1<<12,
  6736		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ				= 1<<13,
  6737		NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ			= 1<<14,
  6738	};
  6739	
  6740	/**
  6741	 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
  6742	 *
  6743	 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
  6744	 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
  6745	 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
  6746	 *
  6747	 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
  6748	 *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
  6749	 *	in ACL to authenticate.
  6750	 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
  6751	 *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
  6752	 */
  6753	enum nl80211_acl_policy {
  6754		NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
  6755		NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
  6756	};
  6757	
  6758	/**
  6759	 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
  6760	 *
  6761	 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
  6762	 *
  6763	 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
  6764	 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
  6765	 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
  6766	 *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
  6767	 */
  6768	enum nl80211_smps_mode {
  6769		NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
  6770		NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
  6771		NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
  6772	
  6773		__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
  6774		NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
  6775	};
  6776	
  6777	/**
  6778	 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
  6779	 *
  6780	 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
  6781	 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
  6782	 *
  6783	 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
  6784	 *	now unusable.
  6785	 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
  6786	 *	the channel is now available.
  6787	 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
  6788	 *	change to the channel status.
  6789	 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
  6790	 *	over, channel becomes usable.
  6791	 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
  6792	 *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
  6793	 *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
  6794	 *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
  6795	 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
  6796	 *	should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
  6797	 */
  6798	enum nl80211_radar_event {
  6799		NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
  6800		NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
  6801		NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
  6802		NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
  6803		NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
  6804		NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
  6805	};
  6806	
  6807	/**
  6808	 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
  6809	 *
  6810	 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
  6811	 *
  6812	 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
  6813	 *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
  6814	 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
  6815	 *	is therefore marked as not available.
  6816	 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
  6817	 */
  6818	enum nl80211_dfs_state {
  6819		NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
  6820		NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
  6821		NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
  6822	};
  6823	
  6824	/**
  6825	 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
  6826	 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
  6827	 *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
  6828	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
  6829	 *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
  6830	 *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
  6831	 */
  6832	enum nl80211_protocol_features {
  6833		NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
  6834	};
  6835	
  6836	/**
  6837	 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
  6838	 *
  6839	 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
  6840	 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
  6841	 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
  6842	 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
  6843	 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
  6844	 */
  6845	enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
  6846		NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
  6847		NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
  6848		NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
  6849		NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
  6850		/* add other protocols before this one */
  6851		NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
  6852	};
  6853	
  6854	/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
  6855	#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
  6856	
  6857	/**
  6858	 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
  6859	 *
  6860	 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
  6861	 *
  6862	 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
  6863	 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
  6864	 *	the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
  6865	 *	advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
  6866	 *	to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
  6867	 */
  6868	enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
  6869		NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
  6870		NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
  6871	};
  6872	
  6873	/*
  6874	 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
  6875	 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
  6876	 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
  6877	 */
  6878	#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
  6879	
  6880	/**
  6881	 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
  6882	 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
  6883	 *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
  6884	 *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
  6885	 *	added to this file when needed.
  6886	 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
  6887	 */
  6888	struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
  6889		__u32 vendor_id;
  6890		__u32 subcmd;
  6891	};
  6892	
  6893	/**
  6894	 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
  6895	 *
  6896	 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
  6897	 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
  6898	 *
  6899	 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
  6900	 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
  6901	 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
  6902	 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
  6903	 */
  6904	enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
  6905		NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
  6906		NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
  6907		NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
  6908		NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
  6909	};
  6910	
  6911	/**
  6912	 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
  6913	 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  6914	 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
  6915	 *	seconds (u32).
  6916	 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
  6917	 *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
  6918	 *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
  6919	 *	make the scan plan meaningless.
  6920	 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
  6921	 *	currently defined
  6922	 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
  6923	 */
  6924	enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
  6925		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
  6926		NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
  6927		NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
  6928	
  6929		/* keep last */
  6930		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
  6931		NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
  6932			__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
  6933	};
  6934	
  6935	/**
  6936	 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
  6937	 *
  6938	 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
  6939	 *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
  6940	 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
  6941	 */
  6942	struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
  6943		__u8 band;
  6944		__s8 delta;
  6945	} __attribute__((packed));
  6946	
  6947	/**
  6948	 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
  6949	 *
  6950	 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
  6951	 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
  6952	 *	is requested.
  6953	 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
  6954	 *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
  6955	 *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
  6956	 *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
  6957	 *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
  6958	 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
  6959	 *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
  6960	 *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
  6961	 *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
  6962	 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
  6963	 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
  6964	 *
  6965	 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
  6966	 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
  6967	 * which the driver shall use.
  6968	 */
  6969	enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
  6970		__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
  6971		NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
  6972		NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
  6973		NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
  6974	
  6975		/* keep last */
  6976		__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
  6977		NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
  6978	};
  6979	
  6980	/**
  6981	 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
  6982	 *
  6983	 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
  6984	 *
  6985	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
  6986	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
  6987	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
  6988	 */
  6989	enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
  6990		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
  6991		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
  6992		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
  6993	
  6994		/* keep last */
  6995		__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
  6996		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
  6997	};
  6998	
  6999	/**
  7000	 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
  7001	 *
  7002	 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
  7003	 *
  7004	 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
  7005	 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
  7006	 */
  7007	enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
  7008		NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
  7009		NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
  7010	};
  7011	
  7012	/**
  7013	 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
  7014	 *
  7015	 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
  7016	 *
  7017	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
  7018	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
  7019	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
  7020	 */
  7021	enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
  7022		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
  7023		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
  7024		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
  7025	};
  7026	
  7027	#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
  7028	#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
  7029	#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
  7030	
  7031	/**
  7032	 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
  7033	 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
  7034	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
  7035	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
  7036	 *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
  7037	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
  7038	 *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
  7039	 *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
  7040	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
  7041	 *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
  7042	 *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
  7043	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
  7044	 *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
  7045	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
  7046	 *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
  7047	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
  7048	 *	is follow up. This is a u8.
  7049	 *	The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
  7050	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
  7051	 *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
  7052	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
  7053	 *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
  7054	 *	This is a flag.
  7055	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
  7056	 *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
  7057	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
  7058	 *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
  7059	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
  7060	 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
  7061	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
  7062	 *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
  7063	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
  7064	 *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
  7065	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
  7066	 *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
  7067	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
  7068	 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
  7069	 *
  7070	 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
  7071	 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
  7072	 */
  7073	enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
  7074		__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
  7075		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
  7076		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
  7077		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
  7078		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
  7079		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
  7080		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
  7081		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
  7082		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
  7083		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
  7084		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
  7085		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
  7086		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
  7087		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
  7088		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
  7089		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
  7090		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
  7091	
  7092		/* keep last */
  7093		NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
  7094		NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
  7095	};
  7096	
  7097	/**
  7098	 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
  7099	 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
  7100	 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
  7101	 *	This is a flag.
  7102	 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
  7103	 *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
  7104	 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
  7105	 *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
  7106	 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
  7107	 *	and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
  7108	 *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
  7109	 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
  7110	 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
  7111	 */
  7112	enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
  7113		__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
  7114		NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
  7115		NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
  7116		NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
  7117		NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
  7118	
  7119		/* keep last */
  7120		NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
  7121		NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
  7122	};
  7123	
  7124	/**
  7125	 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
  7126	 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
  7127	 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
  7128	 *	match. This is a nested attribute.
  7129	 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
  7130	 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
  7131	 *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
  7132	 *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
  7133	 *
  7134	 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
  7135	 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
  7136	 */
  7137	enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
  7138		__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
  7139		NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
  7140		NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
  7141	
  7142		/* keep last */
  7143		NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
  7144		NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
  7145	};
  7146	
  7147	/**
  7148	 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
  7149	 *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
  7150	 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
  7151	 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
  7152	 */
  7153	enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
  7154		NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
  7155		NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
  7156	};
  7157	
  7158	/**
  7159	 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
  7160	 *	responder attributes
  7161	 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
  7162	 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
  7163	 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
  7164	 *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
  7165	 *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
  7166	 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
  7167	 *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
  7168	 *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
  7169	 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
  7170	 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
  7171	 */
  7172	enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
  7173		__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
  7174	
  7175		NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
  7176		NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
  7177		NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
  7178	
  7179		/* keep last */
  7180		__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
  7181		NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
  7182	};
  7183	
  7184	/*
  7185	 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
  7186	 *
  7187	 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
  7188	 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
  7189	 *
  7190	 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
  7191	 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
  7192	 *	were ssfully answered (u32)
  7193	 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
  7194	 *	frames were successfully answered (u32)
  7195	 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
  7196	 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
  7197	 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
  7198	 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
  7199	 *	indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
  7200	 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
  7201	 *	triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
  7202	 *	phase with the responder (u32)
  7203	 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
  7204	 *	- initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
  7205	 *	FTM slot (u32)
  7206	 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
  7207	 *	scheduled window (u32)
  7208	 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
  7209	 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
  7210	 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
  7211	 */
  7212	enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
  7213		__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
  7214		NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
  7215		NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
  7216		NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
  7217		NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
  7218		NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
  7219		NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
  7220		NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
  7221		NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
  7222		NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
  7223		NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
  7224	
  7225		/* keep last */
  7226		__NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
  7227		NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
  7228	};
  7229	
  7230	/**
  7231	 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
  7232	 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
  7233	 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
  7234	 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
  7235	 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
  7236	 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
  7237	 */
  7238	enum nl80211_preamble {
  7239		NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
  7240		NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
  7241		NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
  7242		NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
  7243		NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
  7244	};
  7245	
  7246	/**
  7247	 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
  7248	 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
  7249	 *	these numbers also for attributes
  7250	 *
  7251	 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
  7252	 *
  7253	 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
  7254	 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
  7255	 */
  7256	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
  7257		NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
  7258	
  7259		NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
  7260	
  7261		NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
  7262		NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
  7263	};
  7264	
  7265	/**
  7266	 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
  7267	 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
  7268	 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
  7269	 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
  7270	 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
  7271	 *	reason may be available in the response data
  7272	 */
  7273	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
  7274		NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
  7275		NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
  7276		NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
  7277		NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
  7278	};
  7279	
  7280	/**
  7281	 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
  7282	 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
  7283	 *
  7284	 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
  7285	 *	type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
  7286	 *	enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
  7287	 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
  7288	 *	(flag attribute)
  7289	 *
  7290	 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
  7291	 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
  7292	 */
  7293	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
  7294		__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
  7295	
  7296		NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
  7297		NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
  7298	
  7299		/* keep last */
  7300		NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
  7301		NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
  7302	};
  7303	
  7304	/**
  7305	 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
  7306	 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
  7307	 *
  7308	 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
  7309	 *	type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
  7310	 *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
  7311	 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
  7312	 *	(using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
  7313	 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
  7314	 *	result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
  7315	 *	more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
  7316	 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
  7317	 *	doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
  7318	 *	This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
  7319	 *	(u64, usec)
  7320	 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
  7321	 *	(*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
  7322	 *	the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
  7323	 *	result.
  7324	 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
  7325	 *
  7326	 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
  7327	 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
  7328	 */
  7329	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
  7330		__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
  7331	
  7332		NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
  7333		NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
  7334		NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
  7335		NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
  7336		NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
  7337		NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
  7338	
  7339		/* keep last */
  7340		NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
  7341		NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
  7342	};
  7343	
  7344	/**
  7345	 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
  7346	 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
  7347	 *
  7348	 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
  7349	 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
  7350	 *	attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
  7351	 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
  7352	 *	measurement type, with attributes from the
  7353	 *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
  7354	 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
  7355	 *	measurement type, with attributes from the
  7356	 *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
  7357	 *
  7358	 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
  7359	 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
  7360	 */
  7361	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
  7362		__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
  7363	
  7364		NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
  7365		NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
  7366		NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
  7367		NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
  7368	
  7369		/* keep last */
  7370		NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
  7371		NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
  7372	};
  7373	
  7374	/**
  7375	 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
  7376	 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
  7377	 *
  7378	 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
  7379	 *	advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
  7380	 *	measurements can be done with in a single request
  7381	 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
  7382	 *	indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
  7383	 *	measurement results
  7384	 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
  7385	 *	indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
  7386	 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
  7387	 *	this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
  7388	 *	type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
  7389	 *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
  7390	 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
  7391	 *	meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
  7392	 *	sub-attributes taken from
  7393	 *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
  7394	 *
  7395	 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
  7396	 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
  7397	 */
  7398	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
  7399		__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
  7400	
  7401		NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
  7402		NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
  7403		NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
  7404		NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
  7405		NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
  7406	
  7407		/* keep last */
  7408		NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
  7409		NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
  7410	};
  7411	
  7412	/**
  7413	 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
  7414	 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
  7415	 *
  7416	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
  7417	 *	is supported
  7418	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
  7419	 *	mode is supported
  7420	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
  7421	 *	data can be requested during the measurement
  7422	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
  7423	 *	location data can be requested during the measurement
  7424	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
  7425	 *	from &enum nl80211_preamble.
  7426	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
  7427	 *	&enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
  7428	 *	bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
  7429	 *	configured to allow for other measurements types with different
  7430	 *	bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
  7431	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
  7432	 *	the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
  7433	 *	is valid)
  7434	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
  7435	 *	the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
  7436	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
  7437	 *	trigger based ranging measurement is supported
  7438	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
  7439	 *	if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported
  7440	 *
  7441	 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
  7442	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
  7443	 */
  7444	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
  7445		__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
  7446	
  7447		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
  7448		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
  7449		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
  7450		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
  7451		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
  7452		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
  7453		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
  7454		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
  7455		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
  7456		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
  7457	
  7458		/* keep last */
  7459		NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
  7460		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
  7461	};
  7462	
  7463	/**
  7464	 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
  7465	 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
  7466	 *
  7467	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
  7468	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
  7469	 *	&enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
  7470	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
  7471	 *	802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
  7472	 *	(u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
  7473	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
  7474	 *	of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
  7475	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
  7476	 *	Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
  7477	 *	default 15 i.e. "no preference")
  7478	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
  7479	 *	requested per burst
  7480	 *	(u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
  7481	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
  7482	 *	(u8, default 3)
  7483	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
  7484	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
  7485	 *	(flag)
  7486	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
  7487	 *	measurement (flag).
  7488	 *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
  7489	 *	mutually exclusive.
  7490	 *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
  7491	 *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
  7492	 *	ranging will be used.
  7493	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based
  7494	 *	ranging measurement (flag)
  7495	 *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
  7496	 *	mutually exclusive.
  7497	 *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
  7498	 *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
  7499	 *	ranging will be used.
  7500	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
  7501	 *	valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
  7502	 *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
  7503	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
  7504	 *	responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
  7505	 *	or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
  7506	 *
  7507	 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
  7508	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
  7509	 */
  7510	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
  7511		__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
  7512	
  7513		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
  7514		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
  7515		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
  7516		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
  7517		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
  7518		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
  7519		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
  7520		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
  7521		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
  7522		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
  7523		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
  7524		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
  7525		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
  7526	
  7527		/* keep last */
  7528		NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
  7529		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
  7530	};
  7531	
  7532	/**
  7533	 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
  7534	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
  7535	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
  7536	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
  7537	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
  7538	 *	on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
  7539	 *	try and get no response)
  7540	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
  7541	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
  7542	 *	received
  7543	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
  7544	 *	later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
  7545	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
  7546	 *	by the peer and are no longer supported
  7547	 */
  7548	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
  7549		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
  7550		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
  7551		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
  7552		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
  7553		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
  7554		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
  7555		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
  7556		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
  7557	};
  7558	
  7559	/**
  7560	 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
  7561	 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
  7562	 *
  7563	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
  7564	 *	(u32, optional)
  7565	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
  7566	 *	as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
  7567	 *	the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
  7568	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
  7569	 *	transmitted (u32, optional)
  7570	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
  7571	 *	that were acknowledged (u32, optional)
  7572	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
  7573	 *	busy peer (u32, seconds)
  7574	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
  7575	 *	used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
  7576	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
  7577	 *	the responder (similar to request, u8)
  7578	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
  7579	 *	by the responder (similar to request, u8)
  7580	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
  7581	 *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
  7582	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
  7583	 *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
  7584	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
  7585	 *	FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
  7586	 *	attributes)
  7587	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
  7588	 *	action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
  7589	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
  7590	 *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
  7591	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
  7592	 *	standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
  7593	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
  7594	 *	optional)
  7595	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
  7596	 *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
  7597	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
  7598	 *	that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
  7599	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
  7600	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
  7601	 *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
  7602	 *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
  7603	 *	Type 8.
  7604	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
  7605	 *	(binary, optional);
  7606	 *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
  7607	 *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
  7608	 *	Type 11.
  7609	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
  7610	 *
  7611	 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
  7612	 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
  7613	 */
  7614	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
  7615		__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
  7616	
  7617		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
  7618		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
  7619		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
  7620		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
  7621		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
  7622		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
  7623		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
  7624		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
  7625		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
  7626		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
  7627		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
  7628		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
  7629		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
  7630		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
  7631		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
  7632		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
  7633		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
  7634		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
  7635		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
  7636		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
  7637		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
  7638	
  7639		/* keep last */
  7640		NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
  7641		NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
  7642	};
  7643	
  7644	/**
  7645	 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
  7646	 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
  7647	 *
  7648	 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
  7649	 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
  7650	 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
  7651	 *	tx power offset.
  7652	 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
  7653	 *	values used by members of the SRG.
  7654	 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
  7655	 *	BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
  7656	 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
  7657	 *
  7658	 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
  7659	 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
  7660	 */
  7661	enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
  7662		__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
  7663	
  7664		NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
  7665		NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
  7666		NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
  7667		NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
  7668		NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
  7669		NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
  7670	
  7671		/* keep last */
  7672		__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
  7673		NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
  7674	};
  7675	
  7676	/**
  7677	 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
  7678	 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
  7679	 *
  7680	 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
  7681	 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
  7682	 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
  7683	 *
  7684	 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
  7685	 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
  7686	 */
  7687	enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
  7688		__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
  7689	
  7690		NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
  7691		NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
  7692		NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
  7693	
  7694		/* keep last */
  7695		__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
  7696		NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
  7697	};
  7698	
  7699	/**
  7700	 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
  7701	 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
  7702	 *
  7703	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
  7704	 *	attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
  7705	 *	%NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
  7706	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
  7707	 *	AKM suites for the specified interface types.
  7708	 *
  7709	 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
  7710	 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
  7711	 */
  7712	enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
  7713		__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
  7714	
  7715		NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
  7716		NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
  7717	
  7718		/* keep last */
  7719		__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
  7720		NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
  7721	};
  7722	
  7723	/**
  7724	 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
  7725	 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
  7726	 *
  7727	 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
  7728	 *
  7729	 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
  7730	 *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
  7731	 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
  7732	 *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled.
  7733	 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
  7734	 *	frame including the headers.
  7735	 *
  7736	 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
  7737	 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
  7738	 */
  7739	enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
  7740		__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
  7741	
  7742		NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
  7743		NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
  7744		NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
  7745	
  7746		/* keep last */
  7747		__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
  7748		NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
  7749	};
  7750	
  7751	/*
  7752	 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
  7753	 * mandatory fields.
  7754	 */
  7755	#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
  7756	
  7757	/**
  7758	 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
  7759	 *	response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
  7760	 *
  7761	 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
  7762	 *
  7763	 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
  7764	 *	Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
  7765	 *	26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is
  7766	 *	disabled.
  7767	 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
  7768	 *	frame template (binary).
  7769	 *
  7770	 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
  7771	 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
  7772	 */
  7773	enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
  7774		__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
  7775	
  7776		NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
  7777		NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
  7778	
  7779		/* keep last */
  7780		__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
  7781		NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
  7782			__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
  7783	};
  7784	
  7785	/**
  7786	 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
  7787	 *	derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
  7788	 *	used.
  7789	 *
  7790	 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
  7791	 *	attribute is not present from userspace.
  7792	 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
  7793	 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
  7794	 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
  7795	 *	can be used.
  7796	 */
  7797	enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
  7798		NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
  7799		NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
  7800		NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
  7801		NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
  7802	};
  7803	
  7804	/**
  7805	 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
  7806	 *
  7807	 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
  7808	 *
  7809	 */
  7810	enum nl80211_sar_type {
  7811		NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
  7812	
  7813		/* add new type here */
  7814	
  7815		/* Keep last */
  7816		NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
  7817	};
  7818	
  7819	/**
  7820	 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
  7821	 *
  7822	 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
  7823	 *
  7824	 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
  7825	 *	limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
  7826	 *	of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
  7827	 *
  7828	 *	For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
  7829	 *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
  7830	 *
  7831	 *	For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
  7832	 *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
  7833	 *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
  7834	 *
  7835	 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
  7836	 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
  7837	 *
  7838	 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
  7839	 */
  7840	enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
  7841		__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
  7842	
  7843		NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
  7844		NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
  7845	
  7846		__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
  7847		NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
  7848	};
  7849	
  7850	/**
  7851	 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
  7852	 *
  7853	 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
  7854	 *	power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
  7855	 *	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
  7856	 *	0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
  7857	 *
  7858	 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
  7859	 *	index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
  7860	 *	is applied to this range.
  7861	 *
  7862	 *	Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
  7863	 *	and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
  7864	 *	have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
  7865	 *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
  7866	 *	value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
  7867	 *	limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
  7868	 *	It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
  7869	 *
  7870	 *	Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
  7871	 *
  7872	 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
  7873	 *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
  7874	 *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
  7875	 *
  7876	 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
  7877	 *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
  7878	 *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
  7879	 *
  7880	 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
  7881	 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
  7882	 */
  7883	enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
  7884		__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
  7885	
  7886		NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
  7887		NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
  7888		NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
  7889		NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
  7890	
  7891		__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
  7892		NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
  7893	};
  7894	
  7895	/**
  7896	 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
  7897	 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
  7898	 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
  7899	 * MBSSID and EMA.
  7900	 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
  7901	 * features.
  7902	 *
  7903	 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
  7904	 *
  7905	 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
  7906	 *	the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
  7907	 *	Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
  7908	 *	wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
  7909	 *
  7910	 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
  7911	 *	to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
  7912	 *	if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
  7913	 *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
  7914	 *	a non-zero value.
  7915	 *
  7916	 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
  7917	 *	this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
  7918	 *	Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
  7919	 *	all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
  7920	 *	for using unique indices for the interfaces.
  7921	 *	Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
  7922	 *
  7923	 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
  7924	 *	a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
  7925	 *	the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
  7926	 *	indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
  7927	 *	is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
  7928	 *	the interface index of the same.
  7929	 *
  7930	 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
  7931	 *	Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
  7932	 *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
  7933	 *
  7934	 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
  7935	 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
  7936	 */
  7937	enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
  7938		__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
  7939	
  7940		NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
  7941		NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
  7942		NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
  7943		NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
  7944		NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
  7945	
  7946		/* keep last */
  7947		__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
  7948		NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
  7949	};
  7950	
  7951	/**
  7952	 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
  7953	 *
  7954	 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
  7955	 *	authentication.
  7956	 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
  7957	 *	procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
  7958	 *	%NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
  7959	 *	ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
  7960	 *	userspace.
  7961	 */
  7962	enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
  7963		NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= 1 << 0,
  7964		NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT	= 1 << 1,
  7965	};
  7966	
  7967	#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */